Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 User’s Guide EN
User Manual: autodesk Architectural Desktop - 2007 - User’s Guide Free User Guide for Autodesk Architectural Desktop Software, Manual
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 2154
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
April 2006 Copyright© 2006 Autodesk, Inc. All Rights Reserved This publication, or parts thereof, may not be reproduced in any form, by any method, for any purpose. AUTODESK, INC., MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE REGARDING THESE MATERIALS, AND MAKES SUCH MATERIALS AVAILABLE SOLELY ON AN "AS-IS" BASIS. IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTODESK, INC., BE LIABLE TO ANYONE FOR SPECIAL, COLLATERAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF PURCHASE OR USE OF THESE MATERIALS. THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY TO AUTODESK, INC., REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE MATERIALS DESCRIBED HEREIN. Autodesk, Inc., reserves the right to revise and improve its products as it sees fit. This publication describes the state of the product at the time of publication, and may not reflect the product at all times in the future. Autodesk Trademarks The following are registered trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., in the USA and/or other countries: 3D Props, 3D Studio, 3D Studio MAX, 3D Studio VIZ, 3DSurfer, 3ds max, ActiveShapes, ActiveShapes (logo), Actrix, ADI, AEC Authority (logo), AEC-X, Animator Pro, Animator Studio, ATC, AUGI, AutoCAD, AutoCAD LT, AutoCAD Map, Autodesk, Autodesk Envision, Autodesk Inventor, Autodesk (logo), Autodesk Map, Autodesk MapGuide, Autodesk Streamline, Autodesk University (logo), Autodesk View, Autodesk WalkThrough, Autodesk World, AutoLISP, AutoSketch, backdraft, Biped, bringing information down to earth, Buzzsaw, CAD Overlay, Character Studio, Cinepak, Cinepak (logo), cleaner, Codec Central, combustion, Design Your World, Design Your World (logo), EditDV, Education by Design, gmax, Heidi, HOOPS, Hyperwire, i-drop, Inside Track, IntroDV, Kinetix, lustre, MaterialSpec, Mechanical Desktop, NAAUG, ObjectARX, Physique, Planix, Powered with Autodesk Technology (logo), ProjectPoint, RadioRay, Reactor, Revit, Softdesk, Texture Universe, The AEC Authority, The Auto Architect, VISION*, Visual, Visual Construction, Visual Drainage, Visual Hydro, Visual Landscape, Visual Roads, Visual Survey, Visual Toolbox, Visual Tugboat, Visual LISP, Volo, WHIP!, and WHIP! (logo). The following are trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., in the USA and/or other countries: AutoCAD Learning Assistance, AutoCAD LT Learning Assistance, AutoCAD Simulator, AutoCAD SQL Extension, AutoCAD SQL Interface, AutoSnap, AutoTrack, Built with ObjectARX (logo), burn, Buzzsaw.com, CAiCE, Cinestream, Civil 3D, cleaner central, ClearScale, Colour Warper, Content Explorer, Dancing Baby (image), DesignCenter, Design Doctor, Designer's Toolkit, DesignKids, DesignProf, DesignServer, Design Web Format, DWF, DWFit, DWG Linking, DXF, Extending the Design Team, GDX Driver, gmax (logo), gmax ready (logo),Heads-up Design, jobnet, ObjectDBX, onscreen onair online, Plans & Specs, Plasma, PolarSnap, Productstream, Real-time Roto, Render Queue, Visual Bridge, Visual Syllabus, and Where Design Connects. Autodesk Canada Co. Trademarks The following are registered trademarks of Autodesk Canada Inc. in the USA and/or Canada, and/or other countries: discreet, fire, flame, flint, flint RT, frost, glass, inferno, MountStone, riot, river, smoke, sparks, stone, stream, vapour, wire. The following are trademarks of Autodesk Canada Inc., in the USA, Canada, and/or other countries: backburner, Multi-Master Editing. Third Party Trademarks All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective holders. Third Party Software Program Credits ACIS Copyright© 1989-2001 Spatial Corp. Portions Copyright© 2002 Autodesk, Inc. Copyright© 1997 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. Flash ® is a registered trademark of Macromedia, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. International CorrectSpell™ Spelling Correction System© 1995 by Lernout & Hauspie Speech Products, N.V. All rights reserved. InstallShield™ 3.0. Copyright© 1997 InstallShield Software Corporation. All rights reserved. PANTONE® Colors displayed in the software application or in the user documentation may not match PANTONE-identified standards. Consult current PANTONE Color Publications for accurate color. PANTONE® and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc.© Pantone, Inc., 2002 Pantone, Inc. is the copyright owner of color data and/or software which are licensed to Autodesk, Inc., to distribute for use only in combination with certain Autodesk software products. PANTONE Color Data and/or Software shall not be copied onto another disk or into memory unless as part of the execution of this Autodesk software product. Portions Copyright© 1991-1996 Arthur D. Applegate. All rights reserved. Portions of this software are based on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. RAL DESIGN© RAL, Sankt Augustin, 2002 RAL CLASSIC© RAL, Sankt Augustin, 2002 Representation of the RAL Colors is done with the approval of RAL Deutsches Institut für Gütesicherung und Kennzeichnung e.V. (RAL German Institute for Quality Assurance and Certification, re. Assoc.), D-53757 Sankt Augustin. Typefaces from the Bitstream® typeface library copyright 1992. Typefaces from Payne Loving Trust© 1996. All rights reserved. AutoCAD 2006 is produced under a license of data derived from DIC Color Guide® from Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Copyright © Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. All rights reserved. DIC Color Guide computer color simulations used in this product may not exactly match DIC Color Guide, DIC color Guide Part 2 identified solid color standards. Use current DIC Color Guide Manuals for exact color reference. DIC and DIC Color Guide are registered trademarks of Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Printed manual and help produced with Idiom WorldServer™. WindowBlinds: DirectSkin™ OCX © Stardock® AnswerWorks 4.0 ©; 1997-2003 WexTech Systems, Inc. Portions of this software © Vantage-Knexys. All rights reserved. The Director General of the Geographic Survey Institute has issued the approval for the coordinates exchange numbered TKY2JGD for Japan Geodetic Datum 2000, also known as technical information No H1-N0.2 of the Geographic Survey Institute, to be installed and used within this software product (Approval No.: 646 issued by GSI, April 8, 2002). Portions of this computer program are copyright © 1995-1999 LizardTech, Inc. All rights reserved. MrSID is protected by U.S. Patent No. 5,710,835. Foreign Patents Pending. Portions of this computer program are Copyright ©; 2000 Earth Resource Mapping, Inc. OSTN97 © Crown Copyright 1997. All rights reserved. OSTN02 © Crown copyright 2002. All rights reserved. OSGM02 © Crown copyright 2002, © Ordnance Survey Ireland, 2002. FME Objects Engine © 2005 SAFE Software. All rights reserved. GOVERNMENT USE Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in FAR 12.212 (Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights) and DFAR 227.7202 (Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software), as applicable. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Contents Part 1 Workflow and User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Chapter 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Finding Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Online Help Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Project Cycle Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Contacting Autodesk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Sales Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Chapter 2 The Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Understanding the Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to Use the Information in This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . Starting Autodesk Architectural Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulldown Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Context Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Properties Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing Window Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Navigator Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Workspaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A Guideline to the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Tool Palettes Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controlling the Appearance of the Tool Palettes Set . . . . Specifying Different Tool Palettes for the Tool Palettes Set . Creating a New Tool Palettes Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Tool Palettes Group . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text and Separator Lines to Tool Palettes . . . . . . Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location . . . . Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Object with a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Tool Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Tool Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refreshing a Tool Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool from an Object in the Drawing . . . . . . Copying a Tool from a Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool from the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 . 16 . 16 . 17 . 17 . 18 . 19 . 20 . 21 . 21 . 22 . 22 . 23 . 24 . 24 . 24 . 25 . 33 . 35 . 35 . 36 . 37 . 38 . 38 . 38 . 40 . 40 . 43 . 44 . 45 . 46 . 47 . 47 . 48 . 48 Contents | v Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter . . . . . Creating a Command Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Tools from a Central Location . . . . . . . . . Applying the Properties of a Tool to an Existing Object . . . Re-Importing Styles for a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Properties Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Properties Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Appearance of the Properties Palette . . . . . . . The Design Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Extended Data Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Editing with Grips and Dynamic Dimensions . . . . . . . Grip Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grip Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the CTRL Key with Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trigger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dynamic Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grip Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temporary Grip Coordinate Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . In-Place Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In-Place Editing of Polyline-Based Components . . . . . . . In-Place Editing of Profile-Based Objects and Components . In-Place Editing of 3D Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . In-Place Editing of Material Hatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aligning the UCS to an Object Face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Edit in a Section View . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Edit in an Elevation View . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Edit in a Plan View . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects to Hide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ending the Object Isolation in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . Saving Isolated Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolating Objects in External References . . . . . . . . . . . Styles and Support Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integration of Autodesk Architectural Desktop and AutoCAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 . 49 . 50 . 53 . 53 . 54 . 54 . 54 . 55 . 56 . 56 . 57 . 58 . 59 . 59 . 60 . 60 . 61 . 63 . 64 . 64 . 65 . 65 . 67 . 68 . 69 . 70 . 71 . 71 . 72 . 72 . 73 . 73 . 74 . 74 . 74 . 75 Chapter 3 Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Understanding the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exploring the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Items in a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Your Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool Catalog from Content Drawings . . . . . . Adding Tools from Content Drawings to a Tool Catalog . . Adding an Existing Tool Catalog to Your Catalog Library . Creating a Catalog Install File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Tool Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Website to Your Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . Editing Tool Catalog Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Catalog Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sorting Catalogs in the Library View . . . . . . . . . . . . Filtering Catalogs in the Library View . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Tool Catalog or Website Link . . . . . . . . . Opening a Different Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Catalog Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Searching for Items in a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 . 79 . 79 . 81 . 82 . 82 . 82 . 84 . 85 . 86 . 87 . 88 . 89 . 90 . 90 . 90 . 91 . 91 . 91 . 91 Performing a Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Adding Content to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Defining Categories in a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Adding a Tool Palette to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Adding a Tool Package to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Adding Tools to a Tool Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Copying and Moving Tool Palettes and Tool Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Copying and Moving Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Customizing a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Deleting Tool Catalog Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Using Tool Catalog Items in Autodesk Architectural Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Linked and Unlinked Tool Catalog Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Using a Tool in the Autodesk Architectural Desktop Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Copying a Tool Palette to the Autodesk Architectural Desktop Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Copying a Tool Package to the Autodesk Architectural Desktop Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Refreshing Linked Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Refreshing Linked Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Specifying Refresh Options for Linked Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Working with Multiple Content Browser Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Opening a Tool Catalog in a New Content Browser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Opening Catalog Items in a New Content Browser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Dragging Catalog Items Between Content Browser Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Starting the Content Browser from a Windows Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Chapter 4 Creating and Saving Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 About Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Drawing from a Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Drawing Without a Template . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening Legacy Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Drawing Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Drawing Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Layer Standard and a Layer Key Style . . . . Specifying the Default Display Representations . . . . . . Specifying AEC Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Editor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Content Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying AEC Object Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Resolution of Objects with Facets . Changing the AEC Project Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . Sharing Drawings with Other Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Methods of Sharing Drawings . . . . . . . . . Generating Proxy Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting a Drawing to AutoCAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting a Drawing to a DXF File . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewport Layer Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 . 106 . 107 . 107 . 108 . 108 . 110 . 111 . 113 . 114 . 114 . 115 . 116 . 116 . 116 . 117 . 118 . 118 . 118 . 120 . 121 Chapter 5 Interoperability with Other Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Importing LandXML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schema Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing LandXML Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Layer Keys for LandXML Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Drawing Files to Autodesk MapGuide and Autodesk Envision . Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Published Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating a MWX File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . An Overview of the Published Data Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . An Overview of the Database Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 . 124 . 124 . 127 . 127 . 129 . 130 . 130 . 130 . 131 . 131 . 132 Contents | vii Publishing Data to Autodesk MapGuide or Autodesk Envision . . . . . . . Exporting Property Set Data to an MDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Drawings to DWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Property Data to DWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Publishing a DWG File with Property Set Data to DWF . Setting the Publishing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Published Property List (PPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing a DWF File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 . 135 . 135 . 136 . 137 . 137 . 139 . 139 Chapter 6 Drawing Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Concepts of Drawing Management . . . . . . . . . . . . Before You Begin: External References Within a Project . Before You Begin: Working in a Network Environment . Process Overview: Working in a Project Environment . . Project Support Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Design Teams Located Remotely . . . . . Opening a Project From a Mapped Drive . . . . . . Setting the Default Project Options . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Sheet Set Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Template from an Existing Sheet Set . . . Creating a Template from Existing Drawings . . . . The Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Project Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting a Project Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closing a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting a Project . . . . . . . . Deleting a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closing the Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing the Project Context . . . . . . . . . . . . The Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . The Tabs of the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . Using the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Project Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the Project Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . Displaying the Project Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying a Level with Assigned Constructs . . . . . Changing the Properties of a Level . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Levels: Interactions with the Project . . . Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Divisions: Interactions with the Project . Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Category in the Project Navigator . . . . Creating a Category from Windows Explorer . . . . Specifying the Location of Top-Level Categories . . Changing the Subcategory of a Project File . . . . . Deleting a Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Constructs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . 153 . 154 . 154 . 155 . 157 . 157 . 157 . 159 . 159 . 163 . 167 . 167 . 170 . 171 . 171 . 174 . 183 . 184 . 184 . 184 . 188 . 188 . 189 . 189 . 190 . 190 . 193 . 198 . 199 . 200 . 200 . 201 . 202 . 203 . 204 . 204 . 205 . 205 . 206 . 206 . 207 . 207 . 209 . 210 . 211 . 212 . 213 . 214 When to Start with Constructs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processing Constructs in the Building Project . . . . . The Content of Constructs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Construct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Constructs to Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Legacy Drawing to a Construct . . . . . Opening and Closing a Construct . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging Objects into a Construct . . . . . . . . . . . Referencing Elements into Constructs . . . . . . . . . Displaying External References of a Construct . . . . Changing the Properties of a Construct . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting a Construct . . . . . . . . Deleting a Construct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Construct to an Element . . . . . . . . Changing Constructs: Interactions with the Project . Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Start with Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processing Elements in the Building Project . . . . . . Creating a New Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Legacy Drawing to an Element . . . . . Opening and Closing an Element . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging Objects into an Element . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of an Element . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting an Element . . . . . . . . Deleting an Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Referencing an Element into Another Element . . . . Displaying External References of an Element . . . . . Converting an Element to a Construct . . . . . . . . Changing Elements: Interactions with the Project . . Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Start with Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a General View Drawing . Creating a New General View Drawing . . . . . . . . Displaying External References of a View Drawing . . Opening and Closing a View Drawing . . . . . . . . . Creating a Specialized View Drawing . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a View Drawing . . . . . . Regenerating a View Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting a View Drawing . . . . . . Deleting a View Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Model Space View onto a Sheet . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a Model Space View . . . Deleting Model Space Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Views: Interactions with the Project . . . . Plotting Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When to Start with Plotting Sheets . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Properties of the Project Sheet Set . . . . . Setting the Properties of a Sheet Subset . . . . . . . . Creating a Sheet Subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Sheet Subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Sheets into the Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . Registering the Current Sheet in the Sheet Set . . . . Opening and Closing a Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a Sheet . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Sheet from the Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Sheet from the Project . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Sheet View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 . 215 . 216 . 216 . 218 . 218 . 221 . 221 . 222 . 224 . 225 . 226 . 226 . 227 . 228 . 228 . 230 . 230 . 231 . 232 . 234 . 235 . 235 . 236 . 236 . 237 . 238 . 238 . 239 . 240 . 244 . 245 . 245 . 249 . 249 . 250 . 251 . 252 . 252 . 253 . 253 . 255 . 256 . 257 . 257 . 258 . 260 . 261 . 263 . 264 . 264 . 264 . 266 . 267 . 267 . 268 . 268 . 269 . 269 Contents | ix Opening a Sheet View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numbering Sheet Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Sheet View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying External References of a Sheet Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting a Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating the Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refreshing the Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Sheet Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating a Sheet Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Sheet Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronically Transmitting Sheets and Sheet Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archiving a Sheet Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publishing Sheet Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Plotting Sheets: Interactions with the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating (Re-path) the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refreshing the Project View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Display in External References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the External Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the External Display Configuration with the Object Enabler . . . . . . . Example: Displaying Part of the Model as Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annotating a Building Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating Spaces and Space Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tagging a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Set Data and Schedule Tables in Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Title Block for a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensioning a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Cut Planes in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Global Cut Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object-Specific Cut Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running Drawing Management from the Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Opening the Project Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Opening the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Refreshing the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Regenerating Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Selecting a New Project Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Line: Closing the Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequently Asked Questions about Drawing Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix 1: Template Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Project Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Levels and Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project File Naming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Constructs Included in the Commercial Template Project . . . . Understanding the Element File Included in the Commercial Template Project . Understanding Views Included in the Template Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Sheets Included in the Template Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . 270 . 270 . 271 . 271 . 273 . 273 . 273 . 274 . 274 . 275 . 275 . 278 . 282 . 288 . 288 . 289 . 290 . 290 . 291 . 292 . 293 . 293 . 293 . 294 . 301 . 303 . 304 . 306 . 311 . 313 . 313 . 313 . 314 . 314 . 314 . 314 . 314 . 316 . 317 . 317 . 318 . 320 . 322 . 322 . 323 . 323 Chapter 7 Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Project Standards Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Standards Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Using Standards in a Project . . Using Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prerequisites for Working with Project Standards . Setting up Standards in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . x | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 . 327 . 327 . 328 . 328 . 329 . 329 . 329 . 330 . 330 Creating a New Project with Predefined Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Project Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up Standard Tools in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool Catalog for a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Project Catalog to a Content Browser Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Project Library and Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the Project Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building the Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying the Project Tool Palettes to the Tool Palette File Location . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Project Profile to the Tool Palette File Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standards to a Project Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Tool Palette Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standard Styles from Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standard Styles from Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Standard Display Settings from Display Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project with the Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronization Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project with AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronization Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project Drawing with AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Selected Styles and Display Settings with AEC Standards . . . . . . . Generating a Synchronization Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project with AutoCAD Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing a Project Drawing with AutoCAD Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auditing a Project or a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Showing Display Overrides in Project Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Project Drawings Outside the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Project Standards Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Updating AEC Standards in a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Versioning Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change Types in Project Standards Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Objects in a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Objects in a Project Standards Drawing from a Project Drawing . Adding Standard Objects from a Project Drawing to a Project Standards Drawing . . Editing the Version History of a Standard Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Versioning a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version History from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version Information from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Project Standards with Each Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Project Standards Drawings Outside the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scripting Project Standards Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 . 331 . 339 . 341 . 344 . 345 . 347 . 348 . 349 . 349 . 350 . 350 . 351 . 351 . 352 . 353 . 355 . 356 . 357 . 358 . 359 . 362 . 363 . 364 . 365 . 365 . 366 . 366 . 368 . 368 . 368 . 370 . 371 . 373 . 374 . 375 . 375 . 376 . 376 . 377 . 377 . 378 Chapter 8 Layer Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Layer Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Drawing Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Layer Manager . . . . . . . . . Making a Layer Current . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer with a Layer Standard . . . Creating a Nonstandard Layer . . . . . . . . Renaming a Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Layer Standard of a Layer . . . Editing the Description of a Layer . . . . . . Changing AEC Object Displays for a Layer . Working with Layer Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of Layer Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Group Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Property Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 . 383 . 383 . 383 . 383 . 384 . 384 . 385 . 385 . 385 . 385 . 386 . 386 . 387 . 387 Contents | xi Creating a Layer Standards Filter . . . . . . . . . Adding Layers to Layer Groups . . . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of a Layer Group . . . . Renaming and Deleting Layer Groups . . . . . . Converting a Property Filter to a Group Filter . . Working with Layer Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Layer Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring a Layer Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Layer Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting a Layer Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . Importing a Layer Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Layer Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Layer Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Layer Key Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer Key Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layer Key Style from an LY File . . . Editing Layer Key Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Layer Key Style . Layer Key Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . Component Fields in Layer Standards . . . . . . Creating a Layer Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Component Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Descriptive Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Description Specifications . . . . . . . . Purging Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Layer Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 . 390 . 391 . 391 . 391 . 392 . 392 . 392 . 393 . 393 . 393 . 394 . 394 . 395 . 397 . 398 . 398 . 399 . 400 . 400 . 402 . 403 . 406 . 406 . 407 . 407 . 408 . 408 . 409 . 409 Chapter 9 Display System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Display System Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Display Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening the Display Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Display Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Display Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing an Object in a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the Display Representation of an Object in a Display Set . . . . . Accessing the Default Display Properties of an Object . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for Working with Display Configurations, Sets, and Representations . Creating a Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Representation for an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Display Representation to a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Display Representations Between Display Sets . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Display Set to a View Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Display Configuration to a Viewport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Display Set as a Default Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Default Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Configurations Used in Xref Overlays . . . . . . . Changing the Display Configuration Used in Xref Drawings . . . . . . . . xii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 . 413 . 416 . 417 . 419 . 421 . 421 . 422 . 423 . 424 . 425 . 425 . 426 . 426 . 426 . 427 . 427 . 428 . 428 . 429 . 430 . 431 . 432 . 432 . 432 . 433 . 433 Displaying Objects by Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Settings for Live Sections and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Display Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Display Configuration or a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Display Configuration or a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Notes and Reference Files to a Display Configuration or a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . Using Display Settings in Multiple Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging a Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging a Display Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging a Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Standard Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Individual Display Settings with AEC Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excluding Display Settings from Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Display Settings in a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Standard Display Settings in the Project Standards Drawing from a Project Drawing . Adding Standard Display Settings from a Project Drawing to a Project Standards Drawing . . . Editing the Version History of a Standard Display Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version History from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging the Version Information from a Project Standards Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronizing Project Standards with Each Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting the Display System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Not Displayed in a Viewport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewport Not Updating Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Objects Copied from Another Drawing Display Differently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verifying the Existence of Objects Not Displayed in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Linetype Displayed Incorrectly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 . 435 . 436 . 436 . 436 . 436 . 437 . 437 . 438 . 439 . 439 . 440 . 440 . 441 . 442 . 442 . 444 . 445 . 446 . 446 . 447 . 447 . 447 . 448 . 448 . 448 . 448 . 449 Chapter 10 Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Getting Started with the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . Sorting Styles in the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Styles in the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Styles Across Multiple Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Drawings and Templates in the Style Manager . Creating a Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying and Assigning a Style to an Object . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Tool from a Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Styles Between Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sending Styles to Other Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 . 453 . 454 . 455 . 456 . 456 . 458 . 458 . 458 . 459 . 459 . 460 . 460 Chapter 11 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Objects That Support Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with the Material Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Material Tool to Add Materials to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Tool from a Material Definition in Style Manager . . . Copying a Material Tool on a Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Material Tool from a VIZ Render Material . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Tool from a Render Material in the Content Browser . Applying Material Tool Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Components and Display Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linework Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plan Hatch Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D Body Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatch Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2D Section/Elevation Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 . 465 . 467 . 467 . 468 . 469 . 469 . 471 . 473 . 474 . 474 . 475 . 475 . 475 . 476 Contents | xiii Section Hatch Material Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sectioned Body and Sectioned Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Materials in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Surface Hatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Curved Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Multiple Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Extrusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Hatches on Free Form Mass Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding the Surface Hatch on Individual Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hiding a Surface Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying a Hidden Surface Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Rotation of a Surface Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Horizontal and Vertical Offset of a Surface Hatch . . . . . Editing Surface Hatch Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying a List of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying a Material Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating and Assigning Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing Material Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Layer, Color and Linetype of a Material Definition . . . . . Specifying the Plan and Section Hatch Patterns of a Material Definition . Specifying the Surface Hatch Pattern of a Material Definition . . . . . . Assigning Render Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excluding a Material Definition from 2D Section Shrinkwrap . . . . . . Controlling the Display of Hidden Lines by Material . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Material Definitions in a 2D Section/Elevation . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Material Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 . 477 . 477 . 478 . 478 . 479 . 479 . 481 . 481 . 482 . 483 . 483 . 484 . 485 . 485 . 486 . 486 . 487 . 487 . 487 . 488 . 489 . 491 . 492 . 493 . 493 . 494 Chapter 12 Content Creation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495 General Content Standards and Conventions . . . . . . . . . . Content Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . National CAD Standard Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . Content Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Template Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Style Library Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Template Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Catalogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Style-Based Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Architectural Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Documentation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Purpose Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbol & Tool-Based Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Palette-Based and Miscellaneous Annotation Tool Content . Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496 . 496 . 496 . 499 . 499 . 500 . 501 . 503 . 503 . 504 . 505 . 519 . 523 . 530 . 530 . 533 Conceptual Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 Chapter 13 Creating Conceptual Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Mass Elements and Mass Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Massing Tools to Create Mass Elements . . . . . . . Editing Mass Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mass Element Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Massing Tools to Create Mass Groups . . . . . . . . Using Materials for Mass Elements and Mass Groups . . . Using the Model Explorer to Create Mass Models . . . . . . . Displaying the Model Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Display Commands in the Model Explorer . . . . . Viewing Objects on a Nonvisible Layer . . . . . . . . . . Maintaining Zoom Percentage and Position of an Object . xiv | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 . 541 . 552 . 571 . 576 . 585 . 587 . 588 . 589 . 590 . 590 Using Toolbar Commands in the Model Explorer . Creating Slice Floorplates from a Conceptual Model . . Generating a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Slice Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Objects to a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Objects from a Slice . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Slice to a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Slice . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 . 594 . 594 . 594 . 595 . 595 . 595 . 595 . 596 Chapter 14 Quick Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597 Quick Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 Creating a Quick Slice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 Chapter 15 Object Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599 Object Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 Using the Object Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 Chapter 16 Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603 Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 Creating a Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 Editing a Napkin Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606 Part 3 Designing with Architectural Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 Chapter 17 Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609 Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workflow Overview: Adding Walls to a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Drawing Defaults for Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Wall Tools To Create Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall from Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall from a 3D Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Width while Maintaining the Wall Baseline . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Width while Maintaining the Opposite Face of the Wall . Changing the Wall Base Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Wall Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Offsetting New Walls from Existing Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting the Position of Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Individual Wall Endcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Individual Merge Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing All Merged Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joining Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filleting Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chamfering Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trimming Walls at L and T Intersections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing the Direction of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using AutoCAD Commands to Edit Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Roof Line and the Floor Line of a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610 . 611 . 613 . 614 . 614 . 615 . 617 . 618 . 618 . 620 . 620 . 624 . 625 . 626 . 627 . 628 . 629 . 630 . 630 . 630 . 631 . 632 . 632 . 633 . 633 . 633 . 634 . 635 . 635 . 635 . 637 . 638 . 639 . 639 . 639 Contents | xv Specifying the Materials of Individual Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Individual Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Cleanup of Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleanup Circles and Wall Graphlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Cleanups and Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guidelines for Successful Wall Cleanup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Different Wall Cleanup Group Definition to Existing Walls . . . . . . Specifying Cleanup for Individual Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of the Wall Graphline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding the Wall Cleanup Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Component Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Wall Cleanups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleanup Group Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Objects to Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Window to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding an Opening to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Door to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Door/Window Assembly to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Windows, Openings, Doors, or Door/Window Assemblies from a Wall . Anchoring an Object to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Objects from a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Special Conditions and Customized Wall Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Wall Sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Wall Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Property Set Data to a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Endcap Styles Used in a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Wall Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall Endcap Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Polylines Used in Wall Endcap Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Applying a Wall Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Wall Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Editing Wall Endcap Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of a Wall Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Wall Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening Endcap Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Applying Opening Endcap Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing an Opening Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to an Opening Endcap Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648 . 648 . 652 . 652 . 653 . 654 . 655 . 656 . 656 . 657 . 657 . 658 . 658 . 661 . 663 . 663 . 663 . 664 . 664 . 665 . 665 . 665 . 665 . 666 . 673 . 682 . 686 . 688 . 688 . 689 . 690 . 690 . 698 . 699 . 703 . 703 . 703 . 704 . 704 . 704 . 706 . 706 . 707 . 708 . 708 . 709 . 709 . 710 Chapter 18 Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Curtain Wall Tools To Create Curtain Walls . . . . . Creating a Straight Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall with User-Specified Settings . Creating a Curved Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall that References a Curve . . . Converting a Layout Grid to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall from an Elevation Sketch . . Converting a Wall to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . xvi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714 . 716 . 717 . 718 . 719 . 720 . 721 . 721 . 722 Converting a 3D Face to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curtain Wall Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for Working Efficiently with Curtain Wall Styles . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Element Definitions for a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Divisions for Curtain Wall Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Infills for Curtain Wall Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Division to a Curtain Wall Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Infills to Curtain Wall Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display of Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Curtain Wall Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Overrides in Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Infills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Frames and Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Curtain Wall Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Element Definitions for Curtain Wall Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Different Curtain Wall Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying the Properties of an Existing Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Curtain Wall Location Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding an Interference Condition to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Removing an Interference Condition from a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . Mitering Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Miter Angle for a Curtain Wall Adjacent to Another Object . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Roof Line and the Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Offsetting or Projecting the Roof Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Offsetting or Projecting the Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Editing the Roof Line or the Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . Changing the Roof Line and the Floor Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Gable to the Roof Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Step to the Roof Line or Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . . . . Changing Vertices in the Roof Line or Floor Line of a Curtain Wall . . . Specifying Gable Settings for a Roof Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Step Settings for a Roof Line or Floor Line . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Vertex Settings for a Roof Line or Floor Line . . . . . . . . . . Editing Objects Anchored in Curtain Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Orientation of an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . Changing the Alignment of an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . Changing the Offset of an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . . . . Swapping Two Objects Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing an Object Anchored in a Curtain Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a Layout Grid to a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Unit with a Custom Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723 . 724 . 725 . 726 . 726 . 727 . 727 . 728 . 736 . 740 . 744 . 748 . 748 . 749 . 756 . 758 . 760 . 762 . 765 . 766 . 766 . 767 . 772 . 778 . 781 . 782 . 782 . 783 . 787 . 788 . 788 . 788 . 789 . 789 . 789 . 790 . 790 . 791 . 791 . 792 . 793 . 794 . 796 . 797 . 798 . 799 . 800 . 801 . 802 . 802 . 802 . 802 . 802 . 802 . 803 . 804 . 804 . 805 . 806 Contents | xvii Curtain Wall Unit Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Element Definitions for a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Divisions for Curtain Wall Unit Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Infills for Curtain Wall Unit Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Unit Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Curtain Wall Unit Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning a Division to a Curtain Wall Unit Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Infills to Curtain Wall Unit Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to Curtain Wall Unit Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Definitions to the Mullions of a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display of Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Curtain Wall Unit Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Overrides in Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Unit Infills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Unit Frames and Mullions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overriding Curtain Wall Unit Divisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Curtain Wall Unit Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Different Curtain Wall Unit Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matching the Properties of an Existing Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Miter Angle for a Curtain Wall Unit Adjacent to Another Object . Changing the Location of a Freestanding Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . Modifying the Position of Anchored Curtain Wall Units . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Curtain Wall Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807 . 808 . 808 . 809 . 815 . 818 . 821 . 825 . 826 . 831 . 833 . 836 . 837 . 841 . 841 . 842 . 842 . 848 . 853 . 857 . 857 . 857 . 859 . 860 . 860 . 860 . 861 . 861 . 862 Chapter 19 Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865 Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Door and Window Assembly Tools to Create Door and Window Assemblies . Creating a Door and Window Assembly Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door and Window Assembly Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Overrides in Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Element Definitions for Door and Window Assembly Styles . . . . . . . Editing Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Objects Anchored in Door and Window Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866 . 867 . 872 . 873 . 912 . 927 . 927 . 933 Chapter 20 AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935 AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using AEC Polygon Tools to Create AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Polygon with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Polygon from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Polygon from a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Polygon Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Two AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Hole in an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating AEC Polygons from the Intersection of Other AEC Polygons . Trimming an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividing an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Vertex to an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Vertex from an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting an AEC Polygon to a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting an AEC Polygon to a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936 . 937 . 937 . 938 . 938 . 939 . 939 . 940 . 940 . 946 . 946 . 946 . 947 . 948 . 948 . 949 . 949 . 949 . 949 Changing the Rotation of an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Elevation of an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to an AEC Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Polygon Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Width and Justification of the AEC Polygon Edges . . . . . . . . . . . . Masking Underlying Objects with AEC Polygons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Colors of the True Color Display Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to an AEC Polygon Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rendering the Exact Colors of an AEC Polygon by Defeating Lighting and Shading Effects . Changing the 3D Graphics System Display Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Ambient Light Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying the Global Rendering Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 . 950 . 950 . 951 . 951 . 952 . 953 . 953 . 953 . 956 . 956 . 957 . 957 . 957 . 958 . 958 Chapter 21 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 Using Door Tools to Create Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961 Creating a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Creating a Door with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Creating a Door in a Door and Window Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963 Creating a Door from Door/Window Assemblies, Openings, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Creating a Door Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Editing Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965 Using Grips to Edit Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Changing the Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972 Changing the Door Leaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972 Changing How Door Width Is Measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972 Changing the Door Swing Angle or Opening Percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973 Changing the Vertical Alignment of a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Moving a Door Along a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Moving a Door Within a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 Using Anchors to Change the Horizontal Position of a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977 Using Anchors to Change the Vertical Position of a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 Using Anchors to Change the Position of a Door Within a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Changing the Orientation of a Door to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Moving a Door to a Different Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Releasing a Door from a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Changing the Opening Endcap Assigned to a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Changing the Location of a Freestanding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981 Door Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981 Creating a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Specifying the Dimensions of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983 Specifying the Design Rules of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983 Specifying the Standard Sizes of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 Creating a Custom Door Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 Replacing the Door Shape in a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 Editing the Geometry of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 About Door Display Components and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Specifying the Display Properties of a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Defining a Door Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 Attaching Notes and Files to a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 Creating Muntins in a Door Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 Chapter 22 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014 Using Window Tools to Create Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 Contents | xix Creating a Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window in a Door and Window Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window from Doors, Door/Window Assemblies and Openings Creating a Window Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing How Window Width is Measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Window Swing Angle or Opening Percent . . . . . . . Changing the Vertical Alignment of a Window . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Window Along a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Window Within a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Horizontal Position of a Window . . . Using Anchors to Change the Vertical Position of a Window . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Position of a Window Within a Wall . Changing the Orientation of a Window to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Opening Endcap Assigned to a Window . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Freestanding Window . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Window . . . . . . . . . Window Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Dimensions of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Standard Sizes of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Custom Window Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Design Rules of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About Window Display Components and Materials . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Materials to a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Window Style . . . . . . . . . Defining a Window Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Muntins in a Window Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 . 1016 . 1017 . 1018 . 1018 . 1020 . 1020 . 1026 . 1026 . 1026 . 1027 . 1027 . 1029 . 1030 . 1031 . 1032 . 1033 . 1034 . 1034 . 1034 . 1035 . 1035 . 1036 . 1037 . 1037 . 1038 . 1039 . 1040 . 1041 . 1042 . 1042 . 1046 . 1047 . 1047 Chapter 23 Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Opening Tools to Create Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening from Doors, Door/Window Assemblies and Windows . Creating and Editing Custom Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Profile for a Custom Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening with a Custom Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of a Custom Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Opening Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape and Dimensions of an Opening . . . . . . . . . . Flipping an Opening along the X or Y Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Endcap Style for an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Anchors to Change the Horizontal Position of an Opening . . . Using Anchors to Change the Vertical Position of an Opening . . . . . Changing the Position of an Opening Within a Wall . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Orientation of an Opening to a Wall . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display of Sills for an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066 . 1066 . 1067 . 1068 . 1069 . 1069 . 1069 . 1069 . 1071 . 1072 . 1074 . 1074 . 1075 . 1075 . 1076 . 1076 . 1076 . 1078 . 1079 . 1080 . 1081 . 1082 . 1082 Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to an Opening . Changing the Display Properties of Openings . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of an Opening . . . . Specifying the Hatching of an Opening . . . . . . . . . Using Custom Blocks to Create Opening Components . Adding Components to an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off Custom Components in an Opening . . . . Removing Custom Components from an Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 . 1083 . 1083 . 1084 . 1085 . 1085 . 1086 . 1086 Chapter 24 Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089 Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying AEC Options for Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Stair Tools to Create Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Straight Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Multi-Landing Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . Creating an L-Shaped Stair with 45-Degree Tread . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a U-Shaped Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . Creating a Spiral Stair with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Custom Stair from Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Custom Stair from Tread Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Custom Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Width of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape of a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Side of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Justification of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Horizontal Direction of a Spiral or U-Shaped Stair . Changing the Constraints of a Spiral Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Outside Edge of a Spiral Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Floor Settings of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Stair Length Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Length Limits of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring a Stair to a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing Anchored Stairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Winders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Stair Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stair Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Alignment of a U-Shaped Stair . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Components of a Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Components of a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . About the Dimensions of Landing Components . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Extension of a Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Stair Component Display by Cut Plane Elevation . . . Changing the Display of an Overlapping Stair . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Stair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Individual Stairs . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Stair . . . . . . . . . . Stair Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Stair Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 . 1090 . 1091 . 1091 . 1092 . 1094 . 1098 . 1100 . 1104 . 1108 . 1110 . 1111 . 1113 . 1114 . 1115 . 1115 . 1129 . 1130 . 1131 . 1132 . 1139 . 1139 . 1139 . 1140 . 1140 . 1141 . 1143 . 1144 . 1145 . 1146 . 1147 . 1148 . 1148 . 1161 . 1166 . 1175 . 1176 . 1176 . 1178 . 1178 . 1179 . 1183 . 1184 . 1184 . 1185 . 1186 . 1189 . 1190 . 1191 Contents | xxi Creating a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Design Rules of a Stair Style . . . . . . . . Specifying the Stringers of a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Mitered Corners for Center Stringers . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Stair Style . . . . . . . Specifying the Landing Extension of a Stair Style . . . . Assigning Materials to Components in a Stair Style . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Stair Style . . . . . Specifying the Riser Numbering Display of a Stair Style . Specifying Classifications for a Stair Style . . . . . . . . Adding Notes and Files to a Stair Style . . . . . . . . . . Stair Winder Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair Winder Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Stair Winder Style Settings . . . . . . . . Adding Notes and Files to a Stair Winder Style . . . . . . Stair Tower Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Stair Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying a Stair Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1191 . 1192 . 1192 . 1194 . 1195 . 1196 . 1198 . 1199 . 1201 . 1202 . 1202 . 1203 . 1203 . 1203 . 1204 . 1204 . 1205 . 1206 Chapter 25 Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Railing Tools to Create Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Attached Railing with User-Specified Settings . . Creating a Freestanding Railing with User-Specified Settings . Creating a Railing from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Railing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Railings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Post to a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Post from a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redistributing Posts on a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hiding Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Showing Hidden Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing the Direction of the Railing . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring an Existing Railing to a Stair . . . . . . . . . Anchoring an Existing Railing to an Object . . . . . . . Releasing an Anchored Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Custom Profile to a Railing Component . . . . Editing a Custom Profile of a Railing Component . . . . Changing the Style of a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Upper Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Bottom Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Railing Extensions at Floor Levels . . . . . Changing the Railing Extensions at Landings . . . . . . Changing the Anchor Properties of a Railing . . . . . . Specifying Perpendicular Railing Orientation . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Railing . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Railing . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Railing . . . Railing Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Upper Rails of a Railing Style . . . . . . . Specifying the Bottom Rails of a Railing Style . . . . . . Specifying Posts of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Railing Style . . . . . . Creating a Profile for a Custom Railing Component . . . Specifying the Railing Extensions of a Railing Style . . . xxii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210 . 1211 . 1211 . 1212 . 1214 . 1216 . 1216 . 1217 . 1217 . 1218 . 1218 . 1219 . 1219 . 1219 . 1219 . 1219 . 1220 . 1221 . 1221 . 1222 . 1224 . 1224 . 1225 . 1225 . 1226 . 1226 . 1227 . 1228 . 1229 . 1230 . 1230 . 1231 . 1232 . 1232 . 1233 . 1234 . 1235 . 1236 . 1237 Specifying the Materials of a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Components of a Railing Style . . . . . . . Specifying Classifications for a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Custom Railing Blocks and Profiles to a Railing Style . . . . . Adding a Custom Block to a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Custom Profile to a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off a Custom Block or Custom Profile in a Railing Style . Removing a Custom Block from a Railing Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 . 1239 . 1239 . 1240 . 1240 . 1240 . 1243 . 1245 . 1246 Chapter 26 Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247 Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Roof Tools to Create Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slope Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Gable Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Dormers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slope Roof with User-Specified Settings . . Creating a Gable Roof with User-Specified Settings . . Creating a Roof from Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Roof from Polylines . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Roof Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Roof . . Changing the Dimensions of a Roof . . . . . . . Changing the Edges and Faces of a Roof . . . . . Converting a Roof to Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Material of a Roof . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Roof . . . Specifying the Hatching of a Roof . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Roof . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248 . 1248 . 1249 . 1250 . 1250 . 1251 . 1252 . 1252 . 1253 . 1254 . 1254 . 1255 . 1255 . 1255 . 1256 . 1257 . 1257 . 1258 . 1258 . 1259 . 1260 Chapter 27 Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 Overview of Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Tools to Create Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or a Roof Slab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab/Roof Slab with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab from Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Roof Slab from a Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab from a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Slabs and Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Slabs/Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Slab/Roof Slab . . . . . . . Changing the Properties of Slabs or Roof Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . Using Slab and Roof Slab Context Menu Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Clipped Gable Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Dormer in a Roof Slab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slab and Roof Slab Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Components of a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . Adding Classifications to a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Slab/Roof Slab Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . Attaching Notes and Files to a Slab or Roof Slab Style . . . . . . . . Slab and Roof Slab Edge Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Slab or Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 . 1264 . 1265 . 1265 . 1267 . 1268 . 1269 . 1271 . 1272 . 1274 . 1274 . 1287 . 1288 . 1290 . 1305 . 1306 . 1306 . 1307 . 1308 . 1312 . 1314 . 1316 . 1316 . 1317 . 1317 . 1318 Contents | xxiii Specifying the Overhang, Edge Cut, and Angle of a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . Creating Profiles for the Fascia and Soffit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controlling Profile Edges and Extrusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a Fascia and a Soffit for a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . Editing the Geometry of Fascia and Soffits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigning Materials to a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning on Materials for a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Slab/Roof Slab Edge Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 . 1320 . 1321 . 1322 . 1323 . 1324 . 1325 . 1325 Chapter 28 Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Process Overview: Creating Structural Members with the Structural Member Catalog or Structural Member Style Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 Creating Structural Member Styles in the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 Opening the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332 Creating a Style from a Shape in the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 Locating a Shape in the Structural Member Catalog from a Structural Member in a Drawing . . . . . . 1334 Opening a Catalog File in the Structural Member Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334 Creating a Structural Member Style with the Structural Member Style Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334 Creating Structural Member Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335 Creating a Beam Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336 Creating a Brace Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338 Creating a Column Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 Using Structural Member Tools to Create Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Creating a Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 Creating Beams with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 Creating a Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348 Creating a Brace with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349 Creating a Freestanding Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1352 Creating a Freestanding Column with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1352 Creating a Grid-Anchored Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1354 Creating a Grid-Anchored Column with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355 Creating a Structural Member from Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 Editing Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358 Using Grips To Edit Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358 Changing the Structural Member Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362 Changing the Structural Member Start and End Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 Changing the Structural Member Start Point and Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364 Changing the Structural Member Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 Changing the Radius of a Curved Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366 About Curved Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367 Changing the Structural Member Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367 Changing the Structural Member Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368 Trimming Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368 Changing the Style of a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Applying Tool Properties to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Working with Structural Member Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 Adding a Body Modifier to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 Subtracting a Body Modifier from a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1376 Replacing a Structural Member with a Body Modifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377 Editing the Geometry of a Body Modifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377 Managing Body Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 Restoring a Body Modifier to a Mass Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379 Working with Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379 Creating Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 Removing Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381 Editing Structural Member Interference Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381 Structural Member Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381 Creating a Structural Member Style in the Style Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382 xxiv | Contents Specifying the Materials of a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Classifications for a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Structural Member Style as Bounding for Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Structural Member Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Custom Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding the Design Rules of a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Shape in the Style of a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Shape to a Structural Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Single-Component Structural Member (Tapered Column) . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Multi-Component Structural Member (Composite Column) . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Multi-Component Structural Member Using Multiple Segments (Rigid Frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Custom Shapes for Structural Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383 . 1384 . 1390 . 1390 . 1390 . 1391 . 1392 . 1394 . 1394 . 1395 . 1397 . . 1399 . . 1403 Design Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Chapter 29 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1409 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Object Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Object Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing Object Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Curve Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Curve Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of Objects Anchored to Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring Objects to New Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Leader Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Leader Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of Objects Anchored to Layout Nodes with Leader Anchors . Grip-Editing Leaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extending Leaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Node Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Node Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position of Objects Anchored to Layout Nodes with Node Anchors . . Anchoring Objects to Different Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Cell Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Cell Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position and Size of Objects Anchored to Layout Cells . . . . . . . . . Anchoring Objects to a Different Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Volume Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Volume Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Position and Size of Objects Anchored to Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring Objects to a Different Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copying Objects to All Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing and Positioning Anchored Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Releasing Anchored Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning Anchored Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Anchor Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410 . 1410 . 1411 . 1411 . 1412 . 1412 . 1413 . 1416 . 1417 . 1417 . 1417 . 1418 . 1418 . 1418 . 1419 . 1419 . 1420 . 1420 . 1421 . 1422 . 1422 . 1422 . 1423 . 1423 . 1424 . 1424 . 1424 . 1425 . 1425 . 1426 . 1426 . 1426 . 1426 Chapter 30 Layout Curves and Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Layout Curves and Grids . . . . . . . . . . . Using Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layout Curve Tool . . . . . . Adding Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . Adding Nodes to Layout Curves . . . . Removing Nodes from Layout Curves . Changing the Offsets of Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 . 1430 . 1430 . 1431 . 1433 . 1434 . 1434 Contents | xxv Changing the Node Spacing of a Layout Curve . . . . . . Changing the Node Positions on a Layout Curve . . . . . Changing the Spacing Mode of Layout Curves . . . . . . Switching Layout Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Layout Curves . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Layout Curve . . Using Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layout Grid Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Radial Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Radial Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Rectangular Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Rectangular Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Grid Lines to Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Grid Lines from Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Spacing Mode of Layout Grids . . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Layout Grids . . . . . Creating and Removing Boundaries for Layout Grids . . . Creating Holes in Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Holes from Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of Layout Grids . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Layout Grid . . Using Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Layout Volume Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Grid Lines to Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Grid Lines from Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . Changing the Spacing Mode of Layout Volumes . . . . . . Changing the Display Properties of Layout Volumes . . . Changing the Location of Layout Volumes . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Layout Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435 . 1436 . 1436 . 1437 . 1437 . 1438 . 1438 . 1439 . 1439 . 1441 . 1441 . 1442 . 1442 . 1442 . 1443 . 1444 . 1444 . 1444 . 1444 . 1445 . 1445 . 1446 . 1446 . 1447 . 1448 . 1448 . 1449 . 1449 . 1450 . 1450 . 1451 Chapter 31 Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Column Grid Tools to Create Column Grids . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid with User-Specified Settings . . . Creating a Column Grid from a Layout Grid . . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid from Linework . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Column Grid Dynamically . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Structural Column Grid Tool . . . . . . . . . . Working with Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Labeling Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extending Column Grid Lines Beyond the Grid Boundary Dimensioning Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Column Grid . . . . . . . Changing the Lines of a Column Grid . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Clipping Profiles to Column Grids . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Column Grid . . Changing the Location of Column Grids . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Column Grids . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Node Radius Display of Column Grids . . . Using Ceiling Grid Tools to Create Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid with User-Specified Settings . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid from a Layout Grid . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid from Linework . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid Dynamically . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 . 1454 . 1455 . 1455 . 1457 . 1457 . 1458 . 1458 . 1459 . 1459 . 1460 . 1460 . 1461 . 1461 . 1461 . 1465 . 1466 . 1467 . 1467 . 1468 . 1468 . 1468 . 1469 . 1469 . 1470 . 1470 Creating a Ceiling Grid with a Clipping Boundary . . . Creating a Ceiling Grid Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Dimensions of a Ceiling Grid . . . . . . . Changing the Lines of a Ceiling Grid . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Clipping Profiles to Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Ceiling Grid . Changing the Location of Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Ceiling Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 . 1471 . 1472 . 1472 . 1472 . 1476 . 1477 . 1478 . 1478 Chapter 32 Detail Drafting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1481 Construction Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Construction Lines From Existing Objects/Linework . Creating Construction Lines Independently . . . . . . . . . . . Hatch Productivity Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning a Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating a Hatch Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redefining a Hatch Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Modify Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trimming Linework or Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . . . . . Trimming Linework or Profile-Based Objects to an Edge . . . . Extending Linework to an Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dividing Linework and Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . . . . Subtracting from Linework and Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . Obscuring Regions of Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Linework or Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . . . . . Cropping Linework or Profile-Based Objects . . . . . . . . . . . Shrinkwrapping Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repositioning from a Reference Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evenly Spacing Linework or Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centering Linework or Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1482 . 1482 . 1483 . 1484 . 1484 . 1485 . 1485 . 1488 . 1488 . 1489 . 1490 . 1491 . 1492 . 1493 . 1494 . 1495 . 1496 . 1496 . 1497 . 1497 . 1498 Chapter 33 Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1499 Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Mask Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block Definition from a Polyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block Definition from an Existing Mask Block Definition . Importing Mask Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Mask Block Definitions to a New Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Mask Block Definitions to an Existing Drawing . . . . . . . . . Editing a Mask Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Mask Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purging Mask Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Mask Block Tools to Create Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Mask Block with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block from Polylines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Mask Block Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Mask Blocks to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Mask Blocks from Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Move Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Profile of a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Tool Properties to an Existing Mask Block Reference . . . . . . . Changing Display Properties of Mask Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Mask Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 . 1500 . 1500 . 1501 . 1501 . 1502 . 1502 . 1503 . 1503 . 1504 . 1504 . 1504 . 1505 . 1505 . 1506 . 1507 . 1508 . 1508 . 1508 . 1509 . 1509 . 1510 . 1511 . 1511 Chapter 34 Multi-View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513 Contents | xxvii Multi-View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Multi-View Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating Multi-View Block Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . Creating View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a New Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting View Blocks to View Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining a Multi-View Block Definition as Bounding for Associative Spaces . Attaching Notes and Files to a Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Multi-View Block Definition to DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Multi-View Block Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Multi-View Blocks to a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Multi-View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Rotation of a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Associated Multi-View Block Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Scale Factor of a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Offset of a Multi-View Block Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Multi-View Block Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Location and Rotation of Attributes in a Multi-View Block . . . . Updating Multi-View Block Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 . 1514 . 1515 . 1515 . 1516 . 1517 . 1517 . 1518 . 1518 . 1518 . 1519 . 1521 . 1521 . 1522 . 1522 . 1522 . 1522 . 1523 . 1523 . 1524 . 1525 . 1526 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Chapter 35 Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1529 Unifying Spatial Objects in Autodesk Architectural Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Space Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Workflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Spaces (High Level Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Associative Spaces - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Boundary Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Calculation Cut Planes - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with List Definitions - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Calculation Modifiers - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Zones - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working Space Evaluations - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Space Tools to Create Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bounding Objects for Associative 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting an Object Style as Bounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting an Object Instance as Bounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating Associative 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating Associative 2D or Extruded 3D Spaces from Bounding Walls, Linework, and Object Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Non-Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing a Non-Associative 2D or Extruded 3D Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Objects, Profiles, and Polylines to Non-Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Space Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing General Space Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Boundary Offset Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Geometry of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Geometry Type of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Space Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1530 . 1532 . 1532 . 1534 . 1534 . 1534 . 1535 . 1536 . 1537 . 1537 . 1538 . 1539 . 1540 . 1543 . 1544 . 1544 . 1546 . 1547 . 1547 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1550 . 1554 . 1554 . 1559 . 1562 . 1564 . 1565 . 1565 . 1565 . 1565 . 1566 . 1566 . 1567 . 1568 Activating Manual Space Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grip-Editing Space Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting Manual Space Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Manual Space Boundary . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height Dimensions of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Geometry of Non-Associative Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Geometry of an Associative Space . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Space Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trimming a Space by Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Splitting the Surface of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joining Surfaces of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grip-Editing the Surfaces of a 3D Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Surface Data (Extruded 3D Spaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Associativity of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Making a Non-Associative Space Associative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Making an Associative Space Non-Associative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Calculated Values of a Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding and Removing Calculation Modifiers for Spaces . . . . . . . . . Setting Calculation Cut Planes for 3D Freeform Spaces . . . . . . . . . Attaching Spaces to Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching a Space to a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching a Space from a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Information About Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Space Information to a Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Target Dimensions for the Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Space Boundary Offsets in a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching a List Definition to a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Classifications for a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Materials of a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Hatching for Components of a Space Style . . . . . . . . Setting the Object Cut Plane of a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Space Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Area Styles to Space Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Decomposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the Space Decomposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Layer/Color/Linetype Settings of the Space Decomposition . Specifying the Type of Space Decomposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Text Settings for Space Decomposition . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculation Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Calculation Modifier Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Application for a Calculation Modifier Style . . . . . . . Defining the Formula for a Calculation Modifier . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Calculation Modifier Style . . . . . . . . List Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Application for a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Zone Tools to Create Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zone Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Zones with User-Specified Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Zone Structures from a Zone Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Zone Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Area Groups to Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 . 1570 . 1576 . 1576 . 1577 . 1578 . 1588 . 1589 . 1590 . 1591 . 1592 . 1593 . 1596 . 1605 . 1605 . 1605 . 1605 . 1606 . 1606 . 1607 . 1607 . 1607 . 1607 . 1608 . 1608 . 1608 . 1609 . 1609 . 1610 . 1611 . 1611 . 1613 . 1615 . 1616 . 1616 . 1616 . 1617 . 1618 . 1618 . 1619 . 1621 . 1621 . 1622 . 1622 . 1623 . 1624 . 1624 . 1625 . 1626 . 1626 . 1626 . 1627 . 1628 . 1628 . 1629 . 1630 . 1631 . 1632 . 1633 Contents | xxix Zones and Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Spaces and Zones to Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Spaces and Zones from Zones . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Spaces and Zones Attached to a Zone . . . . . . . Editing Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renaming a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Zone Boundary Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Content Rules of a Zone . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Calculation Type of a Zone . . . . . . . . . . Changing Calculation Modifiers for a Zone . . . . . . . . . Ordering Zone Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Polylines from Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to a Zone . . . . . . . Zone Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching a List Definition to a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . Restricting the Content of a Zone Based on the Zone Style . Specifying Classifications for a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Zone Style . . . . . . Attaching Notes or Files to a Zone Style . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Area Group Styles to Zone Styles . . . . . . . . Zone Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Zone Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building the Structure of a Zone Template . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Zone Template . . . . . . . . Converting Area Group Templates to Zone Templates . . . . Space Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing the Space Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Spaces and Zones for Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . Evaluation Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Image Display Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Format Style Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Default Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating the Space Evaluation Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an XLS Evaluation Document . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a TXT Evaluation Document . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating XLT Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conversion of Space Boundaries to Walls and Spaces . . . . . . . Appendix 1: Command Changes for Spaces and Areas . . . . . . Area Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Area Group Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Space Boundary Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1634 . 1634 . 1635 . 1635 . 1635 . 1635 . 1636 . 1636 . 1637 . 1637 . 1637 . 1638 . 1638 . 1639 . 1640 . 1640 . 1641 . 1641 . 1642 . 1642 . 1645 . 1646 . 1647 . 1647 . 1648 . 1649 . 1650 . 1650 . 1651 . 1651 . 1652 . 1653 . 1653 . 1654 . 1655 . 1655 . 1655 . 1656 . 1656 . 1657 . 1657 . 1657 . 1658 Chapter 36 Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1659 Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . Drawing and Editing Section Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing a Section Line and Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of a Section Using Grips . . . . . . . Changing the Lower Extension of a Section Using Grips . Changing the Length of a Section Using Grips . . . . . . Changing the Angle Dimensions of a Section . . . . . . . Creating Graphic Subdivisions for 2D and 3D Sections . . Changing a Subdivision Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Section Mark Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Section Line . . . . . . . . . . Modifying a Section Line Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . xxx | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1660 . 1663 . 1665 . 1665 . 1666 . 1667 . 1668 . 1669 . 1670 . 1670 . 1671 . 1671 . 1671 . 1672 Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a Section Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Horizontal 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the Sectioned Body in a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Live Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Linework in a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . Reversing a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Style of a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Boundary in a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Material Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing and Merging Linework in a 2D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . Updating a 2D or 3D Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Project Drawing Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Sections and Elevations in a Project or a Folder . . . . . . Updating Drawings from an Earlier Version of Autodesk Architectural Desktop . 2D Section Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Display Component to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Display Component from a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . About 2D and 3D Section Display Components and Materials . . . . . . . . . . Use Subdivision Properties and Materials in 2D Section Styles . . . . . . . . . . Use the 3D Body Component of a Material for the 2D Section Linework . . . . . Adding a Design Rule to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Design Rule in a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Design Rule from a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Layer, Color, and Linetype of a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a 2D Section Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1672 . 1673 . 1674 . 1675 . 1676 . 1676 . 1676 . 1677 . 1678 . 1678 . 1679 . 1680 . 1680 . 1681 . 1681 . 1681 . 1684 . 1684 . 1685 . 1685 . 1686 . 1687 . 1687 . 1688 . 1689 . 1690 . 1691 . 1691 . 1691 . 1695 . 1695 . 1696 . 1697 . 1697 . 1697 . 1698 . 1698 Chapter 37 Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 Working With Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing and Editing Elevation Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing an Elevation Line and Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Height of an Elevation Using Grips . . . . . . . . . Changing the Lower Extension of an Elevation Using Grips . . . Changing the Length of an Elevation Using Grips . . . . . . . . . Changing the Angle Dimensions of an Elevation . . . . . . . . . Creating Graphic Subdivisions for 2D and 3D Elevations . . . . . Changing Elevation Mark Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of an Elevation Line . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying an Elevation Line Using Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes and Files to an Elevation Line . . . . Creating a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Horizontal 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Grips to Edit Linework in a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 2D Elevation . Changing the Display of Graphic Subdivisions in a 3D Elevation . Reversing a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1702 . 1705 . 1707 . 1708 . 1710 . 1710 . 1711 . 1712 . 1712 . 1713 . 1713 . 1713 . 1714 . 1714 . 1716 . 1717 . 1717 . 1718 . 1719 . 1719 Contents | xxxi Changing the Style of a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Material Boundary in a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Material Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing and Merging Linework in a 2D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . Updating a 2D or 3D Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Elevations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Project Drawing Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Globally Updating 2D Sections and Elevations in a Project or a Folder . . . . . . Updating Drawings from an Earlier Version of Autodesk Architectural Desktop . 2D Elevation Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Display Component to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Display Component from a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . About 2D and 3D Elevation Display Components and Materials . . . . . . . . . Use Subdivision Properties and Materials in 2D Elevation Styles . . . . . . . . . Use the 3D Body Component of a Material for the 2D Elevation Linework . . . . Adding a Design Rule to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a Design Rule in a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Design Rule from a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Layer, Color, and Linetype of a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a 2D Elevation Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 . 1720 . 1720 . 1722 . 1723 . 1724 . 1724 . 1725 . 1726 . 1726 . 1727 . 1728 . 1729 . 1730 . 1730 . 1730 . 1732 . 1733 . 1733 . 1734 . 1734 . 1734 . 1735 . 1735 Chapter 38 Hidden Line Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 Hidden Line Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1738 Creating a Hidden Line Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1738 Chapter 39 AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Options and Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions from Selecting Objects . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions from Picked Points . . . . . . . . . . Non-Associative Dimensions from Picked Points . . . . . . . AutoCAD Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions from Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Wall Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Grids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimension Points for Other Object Types . . . . . . . . . . . AutoCAD Dimension Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions in External References . . . . . . . . Associative Dimensions From Picked Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying AEC Dimension Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating AEC Dimensions Using AEC Dimension Tools . . . . . . Creating an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Dimension with User-Specified Settings . . . . . Use Cases for AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting an AutoCAD Dimension to an AEC Dimension . . . . Copying Properties of AEC Dimensions to AutoCAD Dimensions . Creating an AEC Dimension Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Points to an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detaching Dimension Points from an AEC Dimension . . . . Restoring Object Points Set in the AEC Dimension Style . . . Removing Non-Style Defined Dimension Points . . . . . . . . Reversing the Direction of an AEC Wall Dimension . . . . . . Overriding Associative Wall Component Dimension Points . . xxxii | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 . 1741 . 1741 . 1741 . 1742 . 1742 . 1742 . 1743 . 1743 . 1745 . 1745 . 1746 . 1746 . 1748 . 1748 . 1749 . 1750 . 1751 . 1751 . 1753 . 1758 . 1759 . 1759 . 1760 . 1760 . 1762 . 1764 . 1764 . 1765 . 1766 Repositioning Dimension Texts, Extension Lines, and Dimension Chains . . . . . . . . . Resetting Repositioned Dimension Texts, Extension Lines and Dimension Chains . . . . . Overriding Dimension Values and Hiding Dimension Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to an AEC Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Dimension Styles and AutoCAD Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The AEC Dimension Style Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating AutoCAD Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Number of Chains in an AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the AEC Dimension Display Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Dimensioned Objects in the AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Object Dimension Points in AEC Dimension Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the AutoCAD Dimension Styles and Other Properties of AEC Dimension Styles . Changing Style Properties with the AEC Dimension Style Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to an AEC Dimension Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q and A for Working with AEC Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Color, Text Size and Arrowheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating AEC Dimensions On Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Text Height of Superscripted Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixing the Error Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finding More Dimension Points than Expected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1768 . 1769 . 1770 . 1772 . 1772 . 1773 . 1773 . 1773 . 1774 . 1774 . 1775 . 1775 . 1776 . 1777 . 1778 . 1779 . 1781 . 1781 . 1781 . 1781 . 1781 . 1782 . 1782 Chapter 40 Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1783 Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Elevation Label Tools to Create Elevation Labels . . . . . . . Creating an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating Elevation Labels with User-Specified Settings . . . . Creating an Elevation Label Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Elevation of an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . . Changing the Coordinate System of an Elevation Label . . . . Changing the Associated Multi-View Block Definition . . . . Changing the Scale Factor of an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . Changing the Offset of an Elevation Label . . . . . . . . . . . Display the View Blocks and Attributes of an Elevation Label . Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, or Files to an Elevation Label . . Creating User-Defined Elevation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Graphic Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Multi-View Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Elevation Label to the AutoCAD DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1784 . 1784 . 1785 . 1785 . 1786 . 1786 . 1786 . 1787 . 1787 . 1787 . 1787 . 1788 . 1788 . 1788 . 1789 . 1789 . 1790 . 1790 . 1790 Chapter 41 Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1793 Fields Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting Fields in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting Fields in Property Set Definitions . . . . Inserting Field Placeholders in Object Properties . Adding Fields to Object Style Properties . . . . . . Inserting Fields in AutoCAD Text Elements . . . . Editing Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Field Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Fields to Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Autodesk Architectural Desktop Field Types . . . . . . . Project Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Project Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 . 1795 . 1795 . 1795 . 1797 . 1798 . 1799 . 1801 . 1802 . 1803 . 1803 . 1803 . 1803 . 1804 Contents | xxxiii Sheet Set Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Sheet Set Field . . . . . . . . . . Keynote Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Keynote Field . . . . . . . . . . Database Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Database Field . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Data Link to an ODBC Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1804 . 1806 . 1807 . 1808 . 1809 . 1809 . 1811 Chapter 42 Detail Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 Understanding Detail Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting Detail Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stamp Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear Array Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Backfill Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bookends Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Countable Linear Array Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dynamically Sized Surface Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolt Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Detail Components in a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Detail Component Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Detail Component Tools to a Tool Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Detail Component Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Detail Component Properties to Linework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Detail Component Properties to Linework from a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying Detail Component Properties to Linework from the Detail Component Manager . Using the Detail Component Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locating a Detail Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Modifying Detail Component Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Detail Component Database Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Detail Component Database to Available Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Detail Component Database from Available Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Detail Component Database Permissions in a Multi-User Environment . . . . . . . . . . Merging Old and New Detail Component Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1816 . 1816 . 1817 . 1817 . 1818 . 1819 . 1819 . 1820 . 1821 . 1821 . 1822 . 1823 . 1823 . 1825 . 1827 . 1827 . 1827 . 1828 . 1828 . 1830 . 1846 . 1846 . 1847 . 1848 . 1848 Chapter 43 Annotation and Keynoting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 The Basic Annotation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Text-Only Annotation . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Text-with-Leader Annotation . . . . . . Creating a Break Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Block-Based Annotation with a Leader . Editing a Text-Based Annotation . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Masking Break Mark . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Block-Based Annotation . . . . . . . . . Keynoting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the Annotation Tool for Keynoting . . Using Keynote Insertion Tools . . . . . . . . . . . Using Keynote Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing and Editing Keynotes in a Drawing . . . . Specifying Keynotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Keynote Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 . 1854 . 1854 . 1854 . 1855 . 1855 . 1856 . 1856 . 1857 . 1857 . 1859 . 1861 . 1866 . 1869 . 1871 Chapter 44 Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1883 Working with Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Callout Tools in Autodesk Architectural Desktop . Process Overview: Placing a Callout . . . . . The Properties of a Callout Tool . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Properties of a Callout Tool . . . . . . Placing Title Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Title Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1884 . 1885 . 1887 . 1888 . 1892 . 1893 . 1893 Placing Detail Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Detail in the Current View Drawing . . . . . . . Creating a Detail in an Existing Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Detail in a New Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing Section Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Section in the Current Drawing . . . . . . . . . Creating a Section in an Existing Drawing . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Section in a New Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing Elevation Callouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Single Elevation Callout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Four-Way Interior Elevation Callout . . . . . . . . Placing a Four-Way Exterior Elevation Callout . . . . . . . . Placing a Callout Without a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . Referencing a Callout to an Existing View . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Model Space View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Fields in Callout Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Callouts Outside a Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placing a Callout in a Non-Project Drawing File . . . . . . . Opening Model Space Views in a Non-Project Drawing File . Deleting Model Space Views in a Non-Project Drawing File . Creating New Callout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Fields in Callout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Callout Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 . 1894 . 1895 . 1896 . 1897 . 1897 . 1898 . 1900 . 1901 . 1901 . 1903 . 1904 . 1905 . 1906 . 1906 . 1907 . 1907 . 1909 . 1909 . 1910 . 1910 . 1910 . 1910 . 1911 Chapter 45 Schedules and Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 Overview of Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schedule Table Terminology in Autodesk® Architectural Desktop . Process Overview: Using Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Sets and Property Set Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Schedules Using Schedule Table Tools . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Schedule Table Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Objects to a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Objects from a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reselecting Objects for a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off the Out-of-Date Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating a Schedule Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locating and Viewing Scheduled Objects in a Drawing . . . . . . Schedule Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Tags Using Schedule Tag Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Schedule Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Schedule Tag Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anchoring an Existing Schedule Tag to an Object . . . . . . . . . Releasing an Anchored Schedule Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the Connection Between Tags and Objects . . . . . . . . Renumbering Property Set Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Schedule Table Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Schedule Data for Selected Objects . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Display Properties of a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . Changing General Schedule Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Selection Criteria for a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Location of a Schedule Using Grips . . . . . . . . . Changing External Source Properties of a Schedule . . . . . . . . Adding Table Breaks to a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Documentation Information to a Schedule . . . . . . . . Editing Table Cell Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916 . 1916 . 1917 . 1918 . 1920 . 1921 . 1921 . 1922 . 1923 . 1923 . 1923 . 1923 . 1924 . 1924 . 1924 . 1927 . 1928 . 1930 . 1931 . 1931 . 1931 . 1932 . 1933 . 1945 . 1946 . 1946 . 1947 . 1947 . 1948 . 1948 . 1949 . 1949 . 1950 Contents | xxxv Adding Property Set Data to All Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Data Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expanding the Scope of Scheduled Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Set Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Property Set Data to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entering Manual Properties and Fields for Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing or Updating Fields in Manual Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting Fields in Manual Properties to Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Property Set Data from an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Property Set Data to Styles and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entering Manual Properties and Fields for Styles and Definitions . . . . . . . Editing Style-Based Property Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing Style-Based Property Sets Attached to Objects in External References . Removing Property Set Data from a Style or Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . Browsing Property Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Set Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Automatic Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Property Set Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes or Reference Files to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . . . Specifying How the Property Set Definition is Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Manual Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . Adding a Field to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding an Automatic Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . Adding a Location Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . . Adding a Classification Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . Adding a Material Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . Adding a Project Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . Adding an Anchor Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . . Adding a Graphic Property Definition to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . Sequencing Property Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hiding Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Property Set Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing All Property Sets from Objects and Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merging Property Set Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a List Definition for a Manual Property Definition . . . . . . . . . Editing List Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the List Item for an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes or Reference Files to a List Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . Classification Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Including Classification Data in Schedules . . . . . . . . . A Classification Use Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying the Object Types for a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . . . Adding Classifications to a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Property Set Definitions to a Classification Definition . . . . . . . Editing a Classification Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Classification of an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attaching Notes and Files to a Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Overview: Creating Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating and Editing Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Theme Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Display Theme to a Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disabling Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating Display Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display Theme Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Display Theme Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxvi | Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1951 . 1951 . 1955 . 1956 . 1956 . 1956 . 1957 . 1957 . 1958 . 1958 . 1958 . 1959 . 1960 . 1961 . 1962 . 1963 . 1965 . 1967 . 1973 . 1973 . 1974 . 1975 . 1976 . 1977 . 1978 . 1979 . 1981 . 1982 . 1983 . 1983 . 1985 . 1985 . 1985 . 1987 . 1987 . 1988 . 1988 . 1989 . 1990 . 1990 . 1990 . 1991 . 1991 . 1993 . 1994 . 1995 . 1995 . 1996 . 1997 . 1997 . 1998 . 1998 . 1999 . 2000 . 2001 . 2001 . 2002 . 2002 . 2003 Troubleshooting Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Question Marks in Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object not Listed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Which Property Sets to Attach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Data in the Schedule Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . Object Numbers Out of Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locating an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting an Empty Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INVALID in a Table Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Schedule Table Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Column Button Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property Sets Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quantity Column not Totalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matrix Column Displaying Data Instead of a Matrix Symbol . Troubleshooting Classification Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Empty Classification Tab in Style Properties . . . . . . . . . . Long Title for a Classification Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classifications Property to a Property Set Definition . . . . . . Including Classifications in a Schedule Table . . . . . . . . . Objects Not Included in the Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classifications Selected but Object Not Included . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Schedule Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Difference Between Schedule Tags and Project Schedule Tags . Troubleshooting Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Values on the Extended Data Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 . 2005 . 2005 . 2005 . 2005 . 2005 . 2006 . 2006 . 2006 . 2006 . 2006 . 2006 . 2006 . 2006 . 2006 . 2007 . 2007 . 2007 . 2007 . 2007 . 2007 . 2007 . 2007 . 2008 . 2008 Chapter 46 AEC Content and DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 Overview of AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Predefined AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Content in the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AEC Content in DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding AEC Content to Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Content from the Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Content from DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Fixture Layouts from DesignCenter . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving Content Between DesignCenter and the Content Browser . . Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter . . . . . . . . Creating Custom AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the AEC Content Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing AEC Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying DesignCenter Content with the AEC Content Wizard . Modifying Fixture Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning Off the Dimension Scale Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 . 2010 . 2010 . 2011 . 2012 . 2012 . 2013 . 2013 . 2013 . 2014 . 2014 . 2014 . 2022 . 2022 . 2022 . 2022 Other Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2025 Chapter 47 Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 Adjusting the Camera Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 Chapter 48 Converting Objects to 3D Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 Converting Objects to 3D Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 Converting Objects to 3D Solid Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 Chapter 49 Visual Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 Working with Visual Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Performing a Visual Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Chapter 50 Reference AEC Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 Creating an AEC Entity Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Adding a Reference to an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Attaching an Object to an Existing Entity Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Contents | xxxvii Attaching Hyperlinks, Notes, and Files to an Entity Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Changing the Location of an Entity Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2035 Chapter 51 Customizing and Adding New Content for Detail Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A Walkthrough of the Process . . . . . Component Databases . . . . . . . . . Recipe Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Jigs and JigEnts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Jigs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recipe Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blocks and Block Libraries . . . . . . . Using Optimal Geometry . . . . . Naming Blocks . . . . . . . . . . Base Points for Blocks . . . . . . . Collecting Similar Blocks . . . . . Block Properties . . . . . . . . . . Layer Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Unnecessary Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 . 2038 . 2040 . 2043 . 2055 . 2056 . 2060 . 2064 . 2064 . 2065 . 2065 . 2065 . 2066 . 2066 . 2066 Chapter 52 Migrating Detail Component and Keynote Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069 Migrating Your Database Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 Running the Detail Component/Keynote Database Migration Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2077 xxxviii | Contents Workflow and User Interface 1 1 2 | Chapter 1 Workflow and User Interface Introduction 1 Welcome to Autodesk® Architectural Desktop 2007! Built on the new AutoCAD® 2007 platform, this release expands on some of the innovations of Architectural Desktop 2006 and offers many new features designed to help you achieve the following goals: Documentation Enhancements Spaces, schedules, and AEC dimensions have been improved to present an even more complete solution for annotating and documenting a building project. Spaces In Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007, spaces have undergone a major revision to simplify the various space-related features from previous versions of Autodesk Architectural Desktop, and to enhance the existing capabilities to present the user with a comprehensive solution for all spatial needs and tasks. Associative spaces Spaces now contain the properties of spaces and areas, as well as engineering properties for working in Autodesk Building Systems. Spaces can be associatively generated as 3D freeform objects from bounding objects like walls and slabs. Spaces have individual boundaries for base area, net area, usable area, and gross area. You can define the offsets between boundaries by style or manually. Spaces can be grouped into zones and processed in space evaluation. 3 Tool palette containing space tools AEC Dimensions AEC dimensions can now be used to dimension a large selection of points and objects in a drawing. You can dimension object points defined in the AEC dimension style, points picked on objects, and user-defined non-associative points in the drawing. Attaching objects to an AEC dimension 4 | Chapter 1 Introduction Adding and offsetting non-style defined dimension point to an AEC dimension The dimensioning of wall component has been enhanced to provide a powerful solution for dimensioning complex multi-component walls. Schedules Schedules now allow you to anchor a schedule property of one object to another object to draw data from. You can determine an order for properties to appear on the Extended Data tab of the Properties palette. When you have many object properties in a property set definition, it can be helpful to see the most important properties first rather than the default alphabetical order. You can also hide properties from the Properties palette, making it easier to focus on the relevant properties. List definition properties allow you define an allowed list of values for a manual property, thereby ensuring consistent naming and evaluation of properties. |5 Object Enhancements Stairs, slabs, and structural members are now more powerful and versatile than before. Body Modifiers and Interferences Slabs, structural members, and stairs can interact with body modifiers and interferences. You can modify the geometry of a slab, roof slab, structural member, or stair by using another object to create an interference condition within the object. The object used to create an interference condition remains partially or wholly embedded in the object, cutting out and replacing a part of its geometry. By using an additive or subtractive mechanism you can determine whether the outline of the interference condition is included or excluded from the shrink wrap outline of the object in plan view. Creating a slab and stair interference condition Like interference conditions, body modifiers let you modify the geometry of an object by incorporating another three-dimensional (3D) object. However, where interference conditions always subtract from the mass of an object and affect only components that they touch, body modifiers can be used to add to, subtract from, or completely replace a specific component. You can create a body modifier from a mass element, a mass group, or any other AEC object with a 3D body. You can also create body modifiers from ACIS solids or AutoCAD blocks that form 3D bodies. 6 | Chapter 1 Introduction Multi-Component Slabs slabs and roof slabs can now consist of multiple components. Slab and roof slab components represent the physical structures of the slab or roof slab, such as concrete, metal deck, insulation, and so on. Components are defined in the slab style, where you assign a name, a thickness, and a thickness offset to each component. Each component can have a specific material assigned. Stair and Railing Improvements Custom stairs can now be created from linework and from tread profiles. Stairs and railings have additional display components for the “Down” direction. Railings can be oriented perpendicular or vertical when anchored to stairs or other objects. The first and last posts of a railing can be defined as separate components. Multi-Site Project Workflow Autodesk Architectural Desktop supports mapped drives within the Drawing Management feature. You use the same identifying drive on different servers with the same project structure. If you use mapped drives within an Architectural Desktop project, you are not prompted to repath each time you open the project drawing files. A file lock prevents more than one person from editing drawings at the same time. When everyone uses the same mapped drive, members of an extended team can work on the project regardless of their physical location without needing to repath the drawing files as they are opened. |7 Enhanced Integration with other Autodesk Products Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 is offering a workflow solution that is tighter integrated with other Autodesk products like AutoCAD and the Autodesk Building Systems suite than ever before. New AutoCAD features like visual styles, materials, cameras, and improved workspaces are integrated in the Autodesk Architectural Desktop user interface. Architectural Desktop features like AEC dimensions are more aligned with AutoCAD dimensions and are now more powerful and more easy to use to new users and cross-grade users from AutoCAD. The Autodesk Architectural Desktop space object combines features from Autodesk Architectural Desktop and Autodesk Building Systems, like surface calculations, automatic adjacencies, and engineering properties. Publishing drawing files to DWF has been made more powerful and better integrated with the AutoCAD DWF publishing commands. 8 | Chapter 1 Introduction Finding Help With Autodesk® Architectural Desktop, you can move smoothly from 2D drafting to building information modeling in an AutoCAD-based environment. Architectural Desktop supports your current practices and helps you to take advantage of your knowledge of AutoCAD. Intelligent architectural objects and other powerful design and documentation features offered by Architectural Desktop will help you reap productivity benefits by minimizing tedious drafting and rework. Autodesk provides many resources to ensure that you quickly become productive with Architectural Desktop and the many new features available in this release. Online and print documentation, real-world tutorials, and technical support channels are all available to answer your questions as you begin working with the software. Online Help Resources There are various available resources to help you learn about Autodesk® Architectural Desktop 2007 and AutoCAD® 2007. Documentation Description Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 Installation Guide Explains how to install and configure Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007. Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 Help Explains Autodesk Architectural Desktop concepts and provides step-bystep procedures. Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 Project Cycle Navigator The Project Cycle Navigator provides links to key workflow topics and animations. There are 10 phases of a project, which range from PreDesign and Planning to Post Construction. A user can select the phase in which they are interested, and select from a list of topics. Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 Printed Getting Started Guide ’The printed Getting Started tutorial gives you a quick, but comprehensive introduction in the concepts of working with Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007. Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 Online Tutorials A set of exercises designed to give you an overview of the capabilities and features of Autodesk Architectural Desktop. Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 New Features Workshop Gives an overview over the new features in Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007. AutoCAD 2007 User’s Guide Provides conceptual and overview material with step-by-step procedures for AutoCAD 2007. AutoCAD 2007 New Features Workshop Gives an overview over the new features in AutoCAD 2007. The advantage of online manuals is that they present information quickly while you are in a drawing session. Although online Help topics provide some conceptual and overview material, their main purpose is to help you get a task done efficiently. Therefore, the Architectural Desktop online Help emphasizes step-by-step procedures relevant to command selection. It also incorporates visual examples and links to more information. Online tutorials are also an excellent way to become familiar with Architectural Desktop. When you use the tutorials to learn program concepts, you can keep the tutorial window open in the drawing area while you perform the steps. To access Architectural Desktop 2007 Help 1 On the Help menu, click Help. 2 When the Help window is displayed, click the Architectural Desktop 2007 Help book on the Contents tab, and then browse the contents to locate the information you need. Or use the Index or Search tabs to find specific topics. Icons with a red marker indicate topics that include information about new features. Finding Help | 9 Red marker indicates topic covering new feature To access Architectural Desktop 2007 New Features Workshop 1 On the Help menu, click New Features Workshop. 2 On the Main Menu page, click the category for the feature you want to learn about. To access Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 Tutorials 1 On the Help menu, click Tutorials. 2 When the Help window is displayed, browse the Contents tab to locate the exercise you want to perform. The tutorials include datasets that correspond to each exercise. To access AutoCAD 2007 Help 1 On the Help menu, click Help. 2 When the Help window is displayed, click the AutoCAD Help book on the Contents tab, and then browse the contents to locate the information you need. Or use the Index or Search tabs to find specific topics. To access AutoCAD 2007 New Features Workshop 1 On the Help menu, click Help. 2 When the Help window is displayed, click the AutoCAD Help book, and then click the New Features Workshop link under General Information. Project Cycle Navigator A new feature in Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 Help is the Project Cycle Navigator. There are animations and links to topics that explain Architectural Desktop features and workflows. Click on a project cycle segment to select a project phase. Click on a topic segment. Click the Back button from a Help topic or click the icon 10 | Chapter 1 Introduction in an animation to return to the Project Cycle Navigator. Project Cycle Navigator process Contacting Autodesk Autodesk, Inc. 111 McInnis Parkway San Rafael, CA 94903 USA Phone: 415-507-5000 Website: http://www.autodesk.com Sales Information To purchase additional Autodesk software, contact your local reseller. For the name of the authorized reseller nearest you, call 1-800-964-6432 or access the Resellers and Training Centers website, http://www.autodesk.com/resellers/index.htm. Technical Support If you have technical questions about the products, you should contact your local reseller or check the frequently asked questions (Technical Solutions & FAQS) section and Discussion Groups on the website for Architectural Desktop at http://www.autodesk.com/archdesktop. News groups are another good source of information. You can look through the questions that have already been posted, or you can post your own questions. Feedback Please let us know what you think! Whether you have a suggestion for product enhancement, a compliment, or a complaint, or if you think you have found a bug, we would like to know about it. To make comments and find additional information, visit our website at http://www.autodesk.com/archdesktop. Contacting Autodesk | 11 12 | Chapter 1 Introduction The Workspace 2 The Autodesk® Architectural Desktop workspace is designed to appeal to architectural professionals. The workspace presents controls and commands in a visual context. 13 Understanding the Workspace This chapter describes the user interface of the Autodesk® Architectural Desktop workspace. Design tool palette with Material tool selected The Architectural Desktop workspace Workspaces Workspaces are sets of menus, toolbars, and palettes that are grouped and organized so that you can work in a custom, task-oriented drawing environment. When you use a workspace, only the menus, toolbars, and palettes that are relevant to a task are displayed. In addition, several workspaces shipped with Autodesk Architectural Desktop automatically display the dashboard, a special palette with task-specific control panels. You can create your own workspaces and modify the default workspaces. For more information, see “Changing Workspaces” on page 24 and “Create Task-Based Workspaces” in the AutoCAD help. Tools and Tool Palettes Tools and tool palettes provide a visual and tactile way to design. By simply clicking a tool, you can then use it to create an architectural object, annotation, block, or schedule in the drawing area. You can also add a hatch pattern or solid 14 | Chapter 2 The Workspace fill to a 2D AutoCAD® object. you can easily create the object You can use the stock tools provided with the software, or you can create your own tools and organize them in tool palettes for easy access. For more information, see “Working with Tool Palettes” on page 33. Customized tools and tool palettes can be saved in a tool catalog and accessed from the Content Browser. For more information, see “Tools” on page 43 and “Understanding the Content Browser” on page 78. Properties Palette As you draw an object with a tool, the Properties palette displays the properties of the object. After you draw the object, use the Properties palette to edit the object properties. Design options are arranged hierarchically on the Properties palette, beginning with the most basic options and ending with the more advanced worksheet options. For more information, see “The Properties Palette” on page 54. Project Navigator The Project Navigator palette is the centralized location from which you manage projects created with the Drawing Management feature. Drawing Management formalizes and automates the processes related to building model design and documentation. The feature provides automated tools that aid you in the management, viewing, and construction of your building and documents. You have consistency throughout all aspects of the project with Drawing Management. Every user on the design team has a centralized project environment for accessing the most current documents, from project templates to sections and elevations. For more information, see “Drawing Management” on page 145. Dashboard The Dashboard is a special palette that displays buttons and controls that are associated with a task-based workspace, and it is used primarily for 3D modeling, viewing, and rendering. The dashboard provides a single interface element for modeling and rendering operations. It eliminates the need to display many toolbars and reduces the clutter in the application window. Thus, you can maximize the area available for 3D work, and use a single interface for speed and convenience. The dashboard is organized into a series of control panels. Each control panel includes related tools and controls that are similar to the tools in toolbars and controls in dialog boxes. For more information, see “The Dashboard” in the AutoCAD help. Drawing Window Status Bar The drawing window status bar contains a number of practical features concerning the whole drawing. You can adjust the drawing scale and display configuration here, add layer key overrides, turn the surface hatch of objects on or off, and isolate and hide drawing objects. You can also select which Drawing Window Status Bar tools you want to display. For more information, see “Drawing Window Status Bar” on page 22. Content Browser The Content Browser stores tools and design content. The Content Browser provides a central location where you can store project-specific tools to share among your design team. You can browse tool catalogs in the Content Browser, and drag and drop tools onto your tool palettes. When you change a tool in the Content Browser, you can refresh it in Autodesk® Architectural Desktop, so that it is updated with the changed tool properties. You can also drag and drop tools and tool palettes from Architectural Desktop to the Content Browser to fill and modify your tool catalogs. For more information, see “Tool Palettes” on page 20 and “Content Browser” on page 77. Direct Manipulation You can make design changes in the workspace without using dialog boxes. With a single click you can perform changes such as adjusting door width and window height, modifying a wall roofline, or reversing the wall direction. For some grips, the CTRL key gives you additional manipulation options. These are indicated in the grip tips. An added enhancement is dynamic dimensions. As you make design changes, dynamic dimensions appear, ensuring that your changes are precise and accurate. You can enter values directly in the drawing, which eliminates the need to enter values at the command line. For more information, see “Direct Editing with Grips and Dynamic Dimensions” on page 58. Understanding the Workspace | 15 In-Place Editing In-place editing allows you to make direct on-screen changes to object components. These include wall endcaps, roof and floor lines, and profile-based custom components such as rails and posts or curtain wall mullions and frames. Additionally, you can in-place edit a 3D body modifier on a wall, and the surface hatch of a material. You can save changes from the in-place edit session back to the style you started from or create a new style. The in-place editing work mode is invoked from the context menu of an object. For more information, see “In-Place Editing” on page 64. Templates and Styles Autodesk® Architectural Desktop offers metric and imperial template sets for designing the building model and creating plotting sheets. The templates work optimally with the new Drawing Management feature. For more information, see “Drawing Management” on page 145. To make the templates smaller, object styles have been moved out of the templates and into Styles drawings. The new tool palette concept makes it easy to define the style location of each tool you use. For more information, see “Tools” on page 43 and “Styles and Support Files” on page 74. How to Use the Information in This Chapter This chapter offers an overview of the workspace components and the workspace concepts in Autodesk® Architectural Desktop. You will find general descriptions of the user interface and workflow, and usage examples. For detailed instructions on working with specific objects in the workspace, refer to the sections for individual objects. For example, the Properties Palette section in this chapter introduces the concept of accessing and using object properties from a palette. It describes how to start the Properties palette, how to set its appearance, and how to work with its tabs. For detailed information about using the Properties palette for creating a specific object—for example, a wall—refer to that object’s section, such as “Creating a Wall with User-Specified Settings” on page 615. That section contains specific steps for creating a wall with the Properties palette. Starting Autodesk Architectural Desktop Use one of these methods to start Autodesk® Architectural Desktop: ■ Double-click the Architectural Desktop icon on your desktop. The icon is displayed on your desktop if you chose to create it when you installed the software. ■ Windows 2000 only: On the Start menu, click Programs ➤ Autodesk ➤ Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 ➤ Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007. ■ Windows XP only: On the Start menu, click All Programs ➤ Autodesk ➤ Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007 ➤ Autodesk Architectural Desktop 2007. Customizing Startup You can use command-line switches in the properties of the desktop icon to specify Architectural Desktop startup options: ■ Run a startup script when you start the software. ■ Start the software with a specific template. ■ Start the software with a specific profile (ARG file). ■ Create several desktop icons, each with different startup options. For more information, see “Customize Startup” in AutoCAD Help. TIP The quickest way to locate and view an AutoCAD topic referenced in Autodesk Architectural Desktop Help is to click the Search tab in the Help window, select the Search titles only option, and then copy and paste or type in the AutoCAD topic name, and click List Topics. 16 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Workspace Components You use the workspace environment as you design and interact with an architectural project. With this release of Autodesk® Architectural Desktop, a number of new, intuitive workspace components enhance the architectural workflow. You can configure the workspace according to your needs, and save specific workspace layouts in a user profile. The Architectural Desktop workspace This section presents an overview of the workspace components. Pulldown Menus Pulldown menu commands are grouped according to the workflow. Menu Contents File drawing transmittal and publishing commands, access to the Project Browser, Link to Autodesk VIZ Render, and drawing utilities Edit standard Microsoft Windows editing commands, such as Copy and Paste View commands that change the working view; access to Keynote Display and Cameras Insert general insertion commands for external files and file types; access to DesignCenter and Detail Component Manager Format formatting and management commands, such as Style Manager, Layer Management, Display Manager, Structural Members, Define Schedule Tag, and Options Window commands that affect the workspace and the windows contained within the workspace, such as Project Navigator, Markup Set Manager, Tool Palettes, and Properties Palette; access to commands that add the CAD Manager, AutoCAD® 3D Solids, and the Autodesk® Architectural Desktop legacy Design and Document pulldown menus to the menu bar Help access to the online Help, tutorials, and other resources to help you learn and use Architectural Desktop Workspace Components | 17 In addition to the standard pulldown menus, you can load these menus: Menu Contents Design contains a pulldown menu similar to the Design menu in previous versions of Architectural Desktop Document contains a pulldown menu similar to the Documentation menu in previous versions of Architectural Desktop CAD Manager contains advanced features like AEC Project Standards, Tool Catalog Generator, Keynote Editor, VBA Manager, Visual Basic Editor, Visual LISP Editor, the Script command, and Visual Audit; when the CAD Manager menu is loaded, you also have access to the CAD Manager toolbar that contains buttons for Style Manager, Display Manager, Visual Audit, and the AutoCAD features Configure CAD Standards, Check CAD Standards, and Layer Translator and the AEC Project Standards toolbar that contains buttons for Configure, Synchronize Project, Synchronize Drawing, Audit Project, Audit Drawing, and Update Project Standards 3D Solids provides access to Convert to 3D Solids and the AutoCAD 3D Solids objects and commands; when the 3D Solids menu is loaded, you also have access to the Solids toolbar and the Solids Editing toolbar To load the additional pulldown menus, click Pulldowns on the Window menu, and then select the menu you want to add to the menu bar. Toolbars Toolbars contain only those commands that the user often needs in the drawing session, like those items found on the Standard toolbar, the Navigation toolbar, and the Shapes toolbar. Objects and object-related commands are accessed primarily from the tool palettes, the Properties palette, the context menus, and through grip-editing. Examples of frequently used toolbars These toolbars are available in Architectural Desktop: Toolbar Contents Standard standard drawing commands like opening, saving, publishing and printing drawings; also contains Copy, Paste, Undo, and Regenerate Model Navigation commands for opening the Content Browser, the Project Navigator Palette, the Tool Palettes Set, the Properties Palette, and DesignCenter; also contains flyout toolbars for Zoom, Views, UCS, and Shading Layer Properties, Layers II commands to start the Layer Manager and change the status of a layer Shapes commands for adding 2D AutoCAD® objects like lines, arcs, polylines and splines; use these 2D shapes to help sketch out and convert to ADT objects or during edit-in-place operations of ADT objects 18 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Toolbar Contents 3D Orbit commands for moving the model in 3D space Dimension commands for working with AutoCAD dimensions Inquiry commands for measuring distances, areas, and volumes; also contains the AutoCAD Point tool and the List command Mapping commands for mapping materials Modify standard commands for editing objects and linework; includes Copy, Erase, Move, Scale, Mirror, Offset, Array, Stretch, Trim, Extend, Break, Chamfer, Fillet, and Explode NOTE These commands are also available from the general context menu. Object Snap commands for setting the Object Snap Properties commands for changing color, linetype, lineweight, and linetype scale for an object Refedit commands for working with external references in the drawing Render Light, Material, and Render commands Shading commands for different shade modes UCS, UCS II commands for setting and changing the UCS of the drawing View/Viewpoint commands for switching between 2D and 3D views of the drawing Visual Styles commands for specifying the visual styles displaying objects Workspaces commands for working with workspaces Zoom commands for zooming and panning the drawing Solids commands for adding 3D solids to the drawing Solids Editing commands for editing 3D solids To access the toolbars, right-click in the toolbar area below the menu, and click ADT. A flyout in the context menu displays the available toolbars. Accessing the toolbars Context Menu The context menu of an object is the central location for any object-related commands. Objects have different command shortcuts, depending on the object type. To work with these shortcuts, simply select an object and right-click. Only those commands available in the particular context are displayed. Context Menu | 19 Wall context menu A general context menu is also available when you right-click in the drawing area without having selected an object. This menu contains all general modify commands. General drawing context menu Tool Palettes Tool palettes provide the main method for accessing tools to create objects in your model. You can have tools for standard objects as well as for objects with specific styles and properties. Tool palettes are organized by tool palette groups in a tool palettes set. You can create your own tool palettes, or you can copy existing tool palettes from the Content Browser. 20 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Design tool palette with tools for standard design objects For more information, see “Working with Tool Palettes” on page 33. Properties Palette The Properties palette offers a centralized location to enter and change object properties. You can enter information about the style, dimensions, location, property set data, and other important properties. You typically keep the Properties palette open during an Autodesk® Architectural Desktop session. Wall Properties Palette For more information, see “The Properties Palette” on page 54. AutoCAD Dashboard The dashboard is a special palette that displays buttons and controls that are associated with a task-based workspace, and it is used primarily for 3D modeling, viewing, and rendering. The dashboard provides a single interface element for modeling and rendering operations. It eliminates the need to display many toolbars and reduces the clutter in the application window. Thus, you can maximize the area available for 3D work, and use a single interface for speed and convenience. The dashboard is organized into a series of control panels. Each control panel includes related tools and controls that are similar to the tools in toolbars and controls in dialog boxes. For more information, see “The Dashboard” in the AutoCAD help. Properties Palette | 21 The dashboard contains mainly AutoCAD specific commands for 3D modelling, like settings for lighting, visual styles, and rendering. Command Line You can directly enter commands using the command line. Drawing Window Status Bar The drawing window status bar provides a quick and intuitive way to display status information about the current drawing. ■ ■ Open drawing menu: When you click in the drawing window status bar, a context menu with frequently used commands is displayed. These commands are available on the standard pulldown menus as well; the Open drawing menu icon provides a shortcut to them. Project information: If the drawing is part of an Autodesk® Architectural Desktop project, the drawing window status bar displays the name of the project, as well as the type of file such as whether it is a View or a Construct in the project. For more information, see “Drawing Management” on page 145. ■ Scale: When working with viewports, you can select a new scale for the current viewport from a list of available scales. In model space, you can select an annotation scale. ■ Level of detail: Shows the display configuration of the active viewport. You can see and change the current display configuration. ■ Surface hatch toggle: Toggles on or off the display of surface hatching. ■ Layer key overrides: Displays the Layer Key Overrides dialog box and toggles on or off the layer key overrides. ■ Isolate objects: With the light bulb icon, you can hide or display objects you have selected in the drawing. For more information, see “Isolating Objects” on page 70. 22 | Chapter 2 The Workspace ■ AEC Project Standards: You can synchronize or configure standards for the current project. ■ Manage Xrefs: Displays the Xref Manager dialog box and allows you to reload xrefs that are associated with your current drawing. ■ Missing Standards File(s): Displays a warning that standards files are missing in the current drawing and you can check settings for the standards and configure them as necessary. ■ Drawing window drop-down list: You can select tray settings to display commands frequently used in the drawing window status bar. Application Status Bar The application status bar contains settings valid for the whole drawing session in Autodesk® Architectural Desktop. Some settings, such as options for different elevations, only display if you are working within a project. For more information, see “The Project Status Bar” on page 198. The application status bar gives access to these settings: ■ Cursor coordinate values: Controls the coordinate format as either relative or absolute. ■ Snap: On/Off/Settings ■ Grid: On/Off/Settings ■ Ortho: On/Off ■ Polar Tracking: On/Off/Settings ■ Object Snap (OSnap): On/Off/Settings ■ Object Track (OTrack): On/Off/Settings ■ Dynamic UCS: With the dynamic UCS feature, you can temporarily and automatically align the XY plane of the UCS with a plane on a solid model while creating objects. ■ Dynamic Input (DYN): Toggles on or off dynamic input. You can specify how information displays as you enter the data. ■ Lineweight (LWT): On/Off/Settings ■ Model or Paper Space: Toggles between layouts. ■ Elevation: Select a level for the calculation of the elevation offset. ■ Elevation relative to construct’s level: Opens Elevation Offset worksheet to enter or pick the Z offset. ■ Replace Z value with current elevation: Toggles on or off, replacing the existing Z value with the current elevation. ■ Communication Center: On/Off/Settings ■ Drawing Status Bar Toggle: On/Off ■ Performance Tuner: The performance tuner examines your graphics card and 3D display driver and decides whether to use software or hardware implementation for features that support both. ■ Unlock Toolbar/Window positions: Here you can switch between docked windows and toolbars and floating windows and toolbars. ■ Clean Screen Mode: InAutodesk Architectural Desktop 2007, the AutoCAD Clean Screen feature replaces the Architectural Desktop Screen Clean feature. For more information, see “Clean Screen” in the AutoCAD Help. ■ Toolbar/Window Positions: Locks or unlocks floating and docked toolbars and palettes in place. ■ Application status bar drop-down list: You can select tray settings to display commands frequently used in the application status bar. To turn one of these components on or off, click its button. To change the settings for one of these components, right-click the button, and select Settings. Application Status Bar | 23 Communication Center This in-product notification system keeps you up to date on service pack availability and provides information for Autodesk® Subscription Program members, such as extension availability, product tips and tricks, and product support information. You can set the Communication Center to notify you of any updates or other important information at specified intervals. Alternatively, you can update on demand. When new updates are available, the Communication Center icon ( ) displays with a yellow exclamation mark. When you click the icon, the Communication Center is displayed, allowing you to download the latest updates. To specify the update properties, click the Communication Center icon, and click Settings. Communication Center dialog box Project Navigator Palette The Project Navigator palette is the central location to create, modify, and access Autodesk® Architectural Desktop project files. You typically have the Project Navigator palette open in the workspace while you work on a project. For more information, see “Drawing Management” on page 145. Project Navigator palette Changing Workspaces Workspaces are sets of menus, toolbars, and palettes that are grouped and organized so that you can work in a custom, task-oriented drawing environment. When you use a workspace, only the menus, toolbars, and palettes that are relevant to a task are displayed. In addition, several workspaces shipped with Autodesk Architectural Desktop automatically display the dashboard, a special palette with task-specific control panels. You can create your own workspaces and modify the default workspaces. For more information, see and “Create Task-Based Workspaces” in the AutoCAD help. Workspaces work with and complement the control over your drawing environment provided by profiles. Workspaces control the display of menus, toolbars, and palettes in the drawing area. When you use or switch a workspace, you change the display of your drawing area. You manage your workspaces from the Customize User Interface dialog box and from the Workspaces toolbar. Profiles save environment settings including many of your user options, drafting settings, paths, and other values. Profiles are updated each time you make a change to an option, setting, or other value. You can manage your profiles from the Options dialog box. For more information, see “Save and Restore Interface Settings (Profiles)” in the AutoCAD help. 24 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 1 Display the Workspaces toolbar in the drawing window. 2 To use one of the workspaces shipped with Autodesk Architectural Desktop, select the desired workspace from the drop-down menu. These workspaces are available for Autodesk Architectural Desktop: ■ Design ■ Document ■ Detailing ■ Visualize 3 To edit an existing workspace or create a new workspace, select Customize, and create and edit workspaces as described in “Customize Workspaces” in the AutoCAD Help. A Guideline to the User Interface The user interface of Autodesk® Architectural Desktop offers a visual guide to the workflow and intuitive access to objects and commands. The interface differs from both AutoCAD® and previous releases of Architectural Desktop. Experienced users might, at first glance, ask, “Where are my objects and commands?” To help you find your way through the user interface, refer to the following guidelines. Adding Objects You add objects to the drawing with tools. Tools generally have preset creation parameters called properties. When you click an object tool to add an object in the drawing, the Properties palette opens so that you can change properties for the new object if desired. If not, you can go ahead and place the object in the drawing. For more information, see “Tools” on page 43. Adding a wall to the drawing Tools are arranged on tool palettes for easy access. To open the tool palettes, click Tool Palettes on the Window menu. The Autodesk Architectural Desktop Sample Palette catalog is installed by default. The Sample Palette is organized into Design, Document, and Detailing palette groups and contains the following tool palettes: A Guideline to the User Interface | 25 Design, Document, and Detailing tool palettes Palette Group Design Tool Palette Design Contents This is a good starting point for exploring the new workspace. This palette contains tools for standard design objects. Objects are inserted with the Standard style, and with standard properties. This tool palette contains the following objects and tools: ■ Ceiling Grid ■ Curtain Wall ■ Door ■ Door/Window Assembly ■ Horizontal Section ■ Material ■ Opening ■ Railing ■ Roof ■ Roof Slab ■ Slab ■ Space ■ Space Auto Generate ■ Stair ■ Stair Tower Generate ■ Structural Beam ■ Structural Brace ■ Structural Column ■ Structural Column Grid ■ Vertical Section ■ Wall ■ Window Design Doors 26 | Chapter 2 The Workspace This palette contains door style tools representing styles from the Door Styles drawings. When you start a door style tool, a door with this style is inserted in the drawing. Palette Group Design Tool Palette Massing Contents This palette contains tools for predefined mass element shapes. The mass elements are inserted with the Standard style. This tool palette contains the following mass elements: ■ Arch ■ Barrel Vault ■ Box ■ Cone ■ Cylinder ■ Dome ■ Drape ■ Extrusion ■ Gable ■ Isosceles Triangle ■ Pyramid ■ Revolution ■ Right Triangle ■ Sphere This palette also contains the following tools: ■ Camera ■ Convert to Mass Element ■ Mass Group ■ Slice Design Walls This palette contains wall style tools representing styles from the Wall Styles drawings. When you start a wall style tool, a wall with this style is inserted in the drawing. Design Windows This tool palette contains a number of window style tools representing the window styles from the Window Styles drawings. When you start a window style tool, a window with this style is inserted in the drawing. Detailing Basic This palette contains basic detail component tools covering top-level groups in the default detail component database. This palette is localespecific, and it contains the following tools: ■ 02 - Sitework ■ 03 - Concrete ■ 04 - Masonry ■ 05 - Metals ■ 06 - Woods & Plastics ■ 07 - Thermal & Moisture Protection ■ 08 - Doors & Windows ■ 09 - Finishes ■ 10 - Specialties ■ 11 - Equipment ■ 12 - Furnishings A Guideline to the User Interface | 27 Palette Group Tool Palette Contents ■ 13 - Special Construction ■ 14 - Conveying Systems ■ 15 - Mechanical ■ 16 - Electrical ■ Shrink Wrap ■ Welding Symbols Detailing Doors & Windows This palette contains a sampling of door and window-related detail component tools. This palette is locale-specific, and it contains the following tools: ■ 5 1/2" Double Rabbet HM Door Frame ■ 5 1/2" HM Cased Opening Frame ■ Aluminum Fixed Window Head/Jamb ■ Aluminum Fixed Window Mullion ■ Aluminum Fixed Window Sill ■ Automatic Metal Door Bottom Seal ■ Brush Weatherstrip ■ Corner Storefront Mullion ■ Storefront Door Jamb at Finish ■ Storefront Head at Finish ■ Storefront Sill at Finish ■ Thermal Break Panic Saddle Threshold Detailing Exterior This palette contains a sampling of exterior-related detail component tools. This palette is locale-specific, and it contains the following tools: ■ 2" Sand Setting Bed ■ 3" Base Course ■ 6" Granite Curb ■ 6" Truss Tie ■ 8" x 8" x 16" CMU ■ 8" x 8" x 16" Split Face CMU ■ 8" x 8" x 8" Split Face CMU ■ Mortar ■ Standard Brick - 3/8" Jt Detailing Finishes This palette contains a sampling of finish-related detail component tools. This palette is locale-specific, and it contains the following tools: ■ 1 x 3 Wood Flooring ■ 4" Resilient Flat Base ■ 4" Rolled Base ■ 5/8" Plywood ■ Brick Pavers 28 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Palette Group Tool Palette Contents ■ Carpet ■ Carpet Edge ■ Carpet Pad ■ Resilient Flooring Detailing Interiors This palette contains a sampling of interior-related detail component tools. This palette is locale-specific, and it contains the following tools: ■ 1/2" Gypsum Wallboard ■ 1/2" Plywood ■ 1-5/8" Metal Runner ■ 1-5/8" Metal Studs ■ 2 x 10 Lumber ■ 2 x 4 Lumber ■ 3-1/2" Acoustical Batt Insulation ■ 3-5/8" Metal Runner ■ 3-5/8" Metal Studs ■ 5/8" Gypsum Wallboard ■ 5/8" Plywood ■ 5/8" Type "X" Gypsum Wallboard ■ 7/8" Hat Channel ■ Corner Bead Detailing Roofing This palette contains a sampling of roofing-related detail component tools. This palette is locale-specific, and it contains the following tools: ■ 1 1/2" Fire Stop ■ 1" Sprayed-On Fireproofing ■ 1.5 NR 18 Roof Deck ■ 3' 0" Single-Leaf Domed Roof Hatch/Smoke Vent ■ 3" Gypsum Concrete Topping ■ 3" Rigid Insulation ■ 3/4" Plywood ■ 36" Single Glazed Domed Skylight ■ 4" Concrete Topping ■ 4" Insulated Skylight Curb (Double Glazed) ■ Aluminum Flashing ■ Asphalt Shingles ■ Roof Drain Document Annotation This palette contains a sampling of annotation-related tools: ■ AEC Dimension ■ Angular A Guideline to the User Interface | 29 Palette Group Tool Palette Contents ■ Column Bubble ■ Cut Line (1) ■ Medium Arcs & Tag ■ Plan Elevation Label (1) ■ Radius ■ Reference Keynote ■ Reference Keynote - Straight Leader ■ Reference Keynote - Legend ■ Sheet Keynote ■ Sheet Keynote - Legend ■ Square - Straight Leader ■ Text - Straight Leader ■ Text Tool Document Callouts This palette contains the following tools: ■ Detail Boundary A, B, C ■ Detail Mark A1, A1T, A2, A2T ■ Elevation Mark A1, A2 ■ Exterior Elevation Mark A3 ■ Interior Elevation Mark B1, B2, C1, C2 ■ Section Mark A1, A1T, A2, A2T, A3T ■ Title Mark, Title Mark with Number Document Drafting This palette contains the following tools: ■ Area ■ Chamfer ■ Distance ■ Fillet - 0" ■ Fillet - 24" ■ Hatch and Gradient ■ Line Hatch ■ Linear Gradient ■ Mask Block ■ Sample Pantone hatch tools ■ Point ID These are sample tools. You can copy and paste them on the tool palette to create new tools. Document Scheduling This palette contains the following tools for the documentation phase of the architectural workflow: ■ Space 30 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Palette Group Tool Palette Contents ■ Zone ■ Zone from Template ■ Space Evaluation ■ Door Schedule ■ Door Schedule - Project Based ■ Door Tag ■ Door Tag - Project Based ■ Room Finish Schedule (Sample) ■ Room Tag ■ Room Tag - Project Based ■ Space Inventory Schedule (Sample) ■ Theme by Space Size ■ Theme by Fire Rating ■ Theme by Space Type - Commercial ■ Window Schedule (Sample) ■ Window Tag In addition, the palette contains these command tools: ■ Browse Property Data ■ Edit Property Set Data ■ Renumber Data For more information about command tools, see “Creating a Command Tool” on page 49. Modifying Objects You can modify an object using any of the following methods: ■ Properties palette: The Properties palette is the central location for entering and changing information about an object. This palette has categories that correspond to the tabs in the Properties dialog boxes from earlier releases of the software. For detailed information, see “The Properties Palette” on page 54. A Guideline to the User Interface | 31 Modifying a wall with the Properties palette ■ Context menu: Right-click the object to display its available commands. Wall context menu ■ Direct editing with grips: Commands for modifying objects are accessible from the object’s grips. Click an object in two-dimensional (2D) or three-dimensional (3D) view to display its grips. For detailed information about object grips, see “Direct Editing with Grips and Dynamic Dimensions” on page 58. Information about grip-editing is also covered in the individual object sections. 32 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Window grips for direct editing Selecting Similar Objects Use this procedure to create a selection set of objects on the same layer and that have the same style. You may want to select a number of objects that are on the same layer and that have the same style in order perform a global change. The AutoCAD® QSELECT command allows a single selection criterion, like layer or style. With the Autodesk® Architectural Desktop Select Similar command, you can select objects on the same layer that have the same style. NOTE Block references are selected based on their layer and block definition. 1 Select the first object in the selection set. 2 Right-click, and click Select Similar. NOTE Alternatively, you can click Edit ➤ Select Similar, and then select the first object. As a shortcut, you can select the first object, and then press CTRL+SHIFT+A. Working with Tool Palettes Tool palettes provide instant access to a complete inventory of Autodesk® Architectural Desktop tools—such as walls, doors, and windows—in one consistent user interface. Highly visual, tool palettes include previews of styles. You can create custom tool palettes that address your specific design needs. For example, you can create a palette to store a list of commonly used curtain wall, stair, and window tools. Working with Tool Palettes | 33 Tool palette components Tool Palettes Set Tool palettes sets contain groups of tool palettes. You can rename the default tool palettes set or create a custom tool palettes set. Additionally, you can add, remove, and rearrange palettes and groups in the set. You can add tool palettes to the tool palettes set from a tool catalog. For example, you could create one tool palette set for imperial tools and another for metric tools. For more information, see “Specifying Different Tool Palettes for the Tool Palettes Set” on page 36. Only one tool palettes set can be active during an Architectural Desktop session, although you can specify different tool palettes for different user profiles. When that profile is used, the collected tool palettes will be combined into one tool palettes set. Tool Palettes Group A tool palettes group is a collection of tool palettes. Three tool palettes groups are available when you start Architectural Desktop: Design, Document, and Detailing. You can add, rename, remove, export, import, and rearrange tool palettes groups. Tool palettes groups are contained in the tool palettes set. For more information, see “Organize Tool Palettes” and “Save and Share Tool Palettes” in the AutoCAD Help. TIP The quickest way to locate and view an AutoCAD topic referenced in Autodesk Architectural Desktop Help is to click the Search tab in the Help window, select the Search titles only option, and then copy and paste or type in the AutoCAD topic name, and click List Topics. Tool Palettes Tool palettes contain collections of tools and represent the individual tabs of a tool palettes group. A number of tool palettes are available from the Architectural Desktop Sample Palette catalog. You can create new tool palettes in Architectural Desktop or in the Content Browser. Usually you place tools on tool palettes according to tool type or design phase. For example, you could place your wall tools on a tool palette called “Walls” or your preliminary conceptual tools on a tool palette called “Massing Study.” When you create a tool palette in the Content Browser, you can link it to Architectural Desktop. Whenever the tool palette is updated in the Content Browser, the changes are updated in the tool palette in Architectural Desktop too. This is useful for large projects where consistency of styles and tools is necessary. For more information, see “Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location” on page 40. 34 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Tools Tools represent the individual objects you can add to a drawing. A tool contains creation parameters for the object it creates. When you add an object with a specific tool, the object has the settings you defined in the tool. This eases the design process and enhances consistency across a project. For example, you might define a wall tool that contains the style “CMU 8 Furring” and that has automatic cleanup and a baseline offset of 1". Whenever you add a wall with this tool, the wall has the style “CMU 8 Furring,” it cleans up automatically, and it has an offset of 1". For more information, see “Tools” on page 43. Tool Palettes and the Content Browser When multiple users are working on a large project, consistency of tools is especially important. Typically, the objects for the project and their styles and properties are set up by a CAD manager or system administrator, and then distributed to the team. The administrator can put tools and palettes in a central location in the Content Browser and link them to each user’s computer. Whenever the tools or palettes are updated in the Content Browser, they are updated on the users’ computers too. For more information, see “Understanding the Content Browser” on page 78 and “Working with Tools from a Central Location” on page 50. Project Tool Palettes When you are working with an Autodesk Architectural Desktop project, you can design and associate a project tool palette group to the project. The project tool palettes contain the tools used in the project, and can be based on project standards. For detailed information about setting up project tool palettes, see “Setting up Standard Tools in a Project” on page 339. Opening the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to open the tool palettes set. ■ On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. Alternatively, you can click on the Navigation toolbar, or press CTRL+3. Tool palettes set with tool palettes Controlling the Appearance of the Tool Palettes Set Typically, the tool palettes set remains open during the Autodesk® Architectural Desktop session. It is the central location from which you add objects to the drawing and start object-related commands. A number of user-definable display options let you optimally integrate the tool palettes with your workspace. Docking the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to dock the tool palettes set on the left or right side of your workspace. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Allow Docking. 2 Position the cursor over the title bar, and drag the tool palettes set to one side of your workspace. Opening the Tool Palettes Set | 35 A preview graphic shows the new position of the tool palettes set. 3 Release the tool palettes set when it is in the location you want. Hiding the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to hide the tool palettes set when it is not in use. The tool palettes set becomes hidden when you move the cursor away from it, leaving only the title bar visible. When you move the cursor over the title bar, the tool palettes set is re-displayed. Tool palettes set hidden (left) and re-displayed (right) 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click (Auto-hide). The tool palettes set is hidden, except for the title bar. 2 To re-display the tool palettes set, move the cursor over the title bar. Adjusting the Transparency of the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to adjust the transparency of the tool palettes set. The more transparent the tool palettes set, the more easily you can see objects in your drawing underneath it. NOTE Transparency is not available if hardware acceleration is enabled. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Transparency. 2 To adjust the transparency of the tool palettes set, move the slider. 3 To turn off transparency, select Turn off window transparency. 4 Click OK. Renaming the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to rename the tool palettes set. You may want to name it with a project or company name. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Rename Palette Set. 2 Enter a name for the tool palettes set, and press ENTER. Specifying Different Tool Palettes for the Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to switch between different palette combinations in the tool palettes set. Only one tool palettes set can be active during an Architectural Desktop session. You can, however, set different tool palettes for different user profiles. You do this by collecting tool palettes from several locations (paths) in a profile and letting the workspace combine them into one tool palettes set. 1 On the Format menu, click Options. 36 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 2 Define the tool palettes used for the current session: ■ If you have created a workspace profile containing a tool palettes path, click the Profiles tab, select the desired profile, and click Set Current. ■ If you have not created a workspace profile, click the Files tab, and click the Tool Palettes File Location entry. Then click Browse, and browse for a folder containing the desired tool palette. Add paths to all additional tool palettes to be included in the tool palettes set of this profile. 3 Click OK. Creating a New Tool Palettes Set Use this procedure to create a new tool palettes set. 1 Create a folder in which you will create the new tool palettes set. The default tool palettes set is in \Documents and Settings\\Application Data\Autodesk\ADT 2007\enu\Support\WorkspaceCatalog (Imperial/Metric). 2 On the Format menu, click Options. 3 Click the Profiles tab. 4 Click Add to List, and create a profile to contain the new tool palettes set; for example, “Design - Metric Palette Set.” 5 Select the new profile, and click Set Current. 6 Click the Files tab. 7 Under Tool Palettes File Locations, select the support path for the previously defined folder in which you will create the new tool palettes set. NOTE If you point to a folder already containing a tool palettes set, a new tool palettes set is not created; instead, the existing tool palettes set is used in the profile. 8 Click OK. In the Architectural Desktop workspace, an empty tool palettes set is displayed. New tool palettes set 9 To rename the tool palettes set, click , and then click Rename Palette Set. Creating a New Tool Palettes Set | 37 10 Add tool palettes and tools to the new set: If you want to… Then… add a new empty tool palette see “Creating a New Tool Palette” on page 38. add a tool palette from the Content Browser see “Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 41. add a tool to a palette see “Creating a Tool from an Object in the Drawing” on page 47. The changes you make are saved to the tool palettes set in the new profile you created. To revert back to your original tool palettes set, select your original profile in the Options dialog box. Creating a New Tool Palettes Group Use this procedure to create a new tool palettes group. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click Customize Tool Palettes. 2 Select a palette group, right-click, and click New Group. 3 Enter a name for the new group, and press ENTER. 4 Drag the new group folder to the correct position in the tree structure. 5 Select a tool palette from the left pane for the new tool palettes group, and drag it into the new group folder. 6 Click Close. TIP The Customize dialog can be very useful for adding palettes to project palette groups. For more information, see “Displaying the Project Tool Palette Group” on page 347. Creating a New Tool Palette Use this procedure to add an empty tool palette to your tool palettes set. After creating the tool palette, you can add tools to it. For more information, see “Tools” on page 43. 1 In the title bar of the tool palettes set, click , and then click New Palette. 2 Enter a name for the new tool palette, and press ENTER. Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes Use this procedure to define the appearance of individual tool palettes. 38 | Chapter 2 The Workspace The display of the tool palettes depends on the settings you specify for the overall tool palettes set, (as described in “Controlling the Appearance of the Tool Palettes Set” on page 35), and the settings you specify for individual tool palettes. In the tool palettes set, you specify the transparency, size, position, and auto-hide of the tool palettes set. On the tool palette, you specify the size of tool images and their arrangement on the tool palette. Tool palettes with different sized icons displayed When you change tool images to a smaller size, you can display more tools on a tool palette. This might become important if you display different palettes at the same time, such as the Properties palette or the Project Navigator palette. To save space, you can also display tool images without tool text below them. This method is best suited when the icons for your tools are easy to differentiate. If the icon alone proves insufficient to identify a tool, the tooltip for each icon provides additional guidance. Icon-only display on the tool palette You can also display tools in a single column on the tool palette. When you are using a single-column list, tool texts is always displayed. Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes | 39 Tool palette in list view 1 Open the tool palette that you want to change. 2 Right-click the palette, and click View Options. 3 In the View Options worksheet, select the desired View style: If you want to… Then… view only tool icons select Icon only for View style. view tool icons and tool text select Icon with text for View style. view tool icons and tool text in a single column list select List view for View style. 4 To apply these changes to all palettes in the tool palettes set, select All Palettes for Apply to. 5 Click OK. Adding Text and Separator Lines to Tool Palettes Use this procedure to add separator lines and text to a tool palette. Separator lines can be useful if you want to create subdivisions on a tool palette containing many tools. To annotate a separator line, you can insert a text element. 1 Open the tool palette to which you want to add separator lines and text. 2 Right-click in the palette between the tools where the separator should go, and click Add Separator. A separator line is inserted between the tools. 3 To add text above the separator line, right-click either to the right of the last tool before the separator line, or to the left of the separator line itself, and click Add Text. 4 Enter the text you want to display above the separator line, and press ENTER. 5 To edit the text, select the text item, right-click, and click Rename. Then, edit the text as necessary. 6 To delete a separator line or a text annotation, select the separator line or text, right-click, and click Delete. Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location When multiple users are working on a large project, consistency of tools is especially important. Typically, the objects for the project and their styles and properties are set up by a CAD manager or system administrator, and then distributed to the team. The administrator can put tools and palettes in a central location in the Content Browser and link them 40 | Chapter 2 The Workspace to each user’s computer. Whenever the tools or palettes are updated in the Content Browser, they are updated on the users’ computers too. For more information, see “Understanding the Content Browser” on page 78. Using tool palettes from the Content Browser TIP If you are working with an Autodesk Architectural Desktop project, you can generate a tool catalog based on the standard styles of the project. For more information, see “Creating a Tool Catalog for a Project” on page 341. Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to link a tool palette from a tool catalog in the Content Browser to the tool palettes set in Autodesk® Architectural Desktop. For information on creating tool palettes in the Content Browser, see “Adding Content to a Tool Catalog” on page 92. 1 On the Window menu, click Content Browser. Alternatively, you can click on the Navigation toolbar, or press CTRL+4. 2 Select the tool catalog containing the tool palette you want to copy, right-click, and click Properties. 3 Select Link items when added to workspace, and click OK. 4 Open the tool catalog, and navigate to the tool palette. 5 Move the pointer over the i-drop® icon next to the tool palette so that the pointer image changes to an eyedropper ( ). To copy multiple tool palettes, press and hold CTRL while clicking each palette; then position the eyedropper over any of the selected palettes. 6 Drag the palette to the tool palettes set in the Architectural Desktop workspace. The tool palette is dropped into the tool palettes set. Working with Tool Palettes from a Central Location | 41 7 Right-click on the palette, and click Properties. The text below the check box displays the name of the catalog in the Content Browser from which the palette is updated. If you click that name, it opens the catalog from which the tool palette was linked. 8 Select or clear Enable Auto-Refresh: If you want to… Then… automatically update the linked tool palette from the Content Browser when starting Autodesk Architectural Desktop select Enable Auto-Refresh. update the linked tool palette manually with one of the methods described in “Updating a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 42 clear Enable Auto-Refresh. The name of the tool palette in the Content Browser (from which the selected tool palette is updated) is displayed under Name. 9 Click OK. Updating a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to update a linked tool palette in the tool palettes set from its source tool catalog in the Content Browser. 1 Link a tool palette from a catalog in the Content Browser to the tool palettes set, as described in “Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 41. When a tool palette is linked to the tool palettes set from a catalog in the Content Browser, a Refresh button is displayed at the bottom of the palette. 2 Click the Refresh button to update your local tool palette with the latest changes from the catalog in the Content Browser. Alternatively, you can right-click the palette, and click Refresh Palette. 42 | Chapter 2 The Workspace NOTE You can also update the whole palette set by clicking in the tool palettes set, and then clicking Refresh Palette Set. This command updates all linked tool palettes in the tool palettes set. Tools Tools represent the individual objects you can add to a drawing. A tool contains creation parameters for the object it represents. When you add an object with a specific tool, the object has the settings you defined in the tool. This eases the design process and enhances consistency across a project. For example, you might define a wall tool that contains the style “CMU 8 Furring” and has automatic cleanup and a baseline offset of 1". Whenever you add a wall with this wall tool, the wall has the style “CMU 8 Furring,” it cleans up automatically, and it has an offset of 1". Standard object tools Based on the tool type, some general properties you can define may include: ■ Tool name ■ Tool description (also used as the tooltip and as the tool description when the tool is copied to a tool catalog in the Content Browser) ■ Description of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer key of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer overrides of objects inserted with this tool ■ Object style ■ Location of object style In addition, you can define object-specific properties that apply to this tool type. For example, if you create a wall tool, you can set the wall cleanup, width, height, baseline settings, and the roof/floor lines of walls that are inserted with this tool. Style Location Object styles are now located in Styles drawings, rather than in templates as in earlier releases of Architectural Desktop. To assign a style to an object tool, you can either point to a style in the current drawing or to a style in an external drawing. For more information, see “Styles and Support Files” on page 74. Tools | 43 Tool Types Tools in Autodesk Architectural Desktop fall into three categories. Tool Category Description Object tools An object tool inserts a design object—such as a wall or a window assembly—into a drawing. An object tool has a specific style and specific object properties: for example, a wall tool might have the style “Brick-4 Brick-4.” Command tools Command tools are a graphical representation of an object-related command. For example, the Browse Property Data tool opens a dialog box for browsing the property data of all objects in a drawing; the Renumber Data tool renumbers property data in selected property sets by increment or by a user-defined number. You can also create your own tools for each command. An AutoCAD general-purpose command tool lets you associate any command or macro. For commands that create an object, you can also assign basic AutoCAD object properties. For a list of available Architectural Desktop command tools, see “Creating a Command Tool” on page 49. AEC Content tools You can create tools for frequently used AEC Content items that were created with the AEC Content Wizard. For more information, see “Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter” on page 49. Project Standard Tools When you are working with an Autodesk Architectural Desktop project, you can set up standard styles that are updated and synchronized throughout the project lifecycle. For more information, see “Setting up Standards in a Project” on page 330. Creating an Object with a Tool Use this procedure to create an object with a tool. 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click the tool palette that contains the tool for the object you want to insert. For example, if you want to insert a bifold double door, click the Doors palette, and navigate to the Bifold Double Door tool. 3 Click the tool. 4 On the Properties palette, enter any changes you want to make to the default. 44 | Chapter 2 The Workspace NOTE Certain values can be set only when inserting the object; for example, the position of a door along the wall into which it is inserted can be defined only when inserting the door. You cannot change the position later for an existing door. Values that can be set only during insertion are marked with this symbol Properties palette. on the 5 Click in the drawing where you want to insert the object. 6 Follow any additional prompts as required to insert the objects in the drawing, and then press ENTER. Changing the Tool Properties Use this procedure to change the properties of a tool on a tool palette. You can set these general properties for an object tool: ■ Tool name ■ Tool description (also used as the tooltip and as the tool description when the copied to a tool catalog in the Content Browser) ■ Description of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer key of objects inserted with this tool ■ Layer overrides of objects inserted with this tool ■ Object style (if the tool is style-based) ■ Location of object style (if the tool is style-based) In addition, you can define object-specific properties that apply to this object type. For example, if you create a wall tool, you can set the wall cleanup, width, height, baseline settings, and the roof/floor lines for all walls inserted with this tool. 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click a tool palette. 3 Select the tool, right-click, and click Properties. Changing the Tool Properties | 45 4 Enter a name for the tool. 5 Click the setting for Description, enter a description of the tool, and click OK. 6 Expand Basic, and expand General. 7 Enter a description of the objects that you can create using this tool. 8 Specify a layer key and any layer key overrides; otherwise, the layer assignments specified in the layer key style in the drawing are used. 9 Click Browse for Style location, if the location is other than the current drawing to select an object style. 10 Add object-specific properties. NOTE When you click a property to enter a value, the value underneath the current property is hidden and the property field is highlighted. Enter a value for the current property in the appropriate location. 11 Click OK. Changing a Tool Icon Use this procedure to change the icon of a tool. A new tool is inserted with either the icon of the tool it was copied from or with a default icon. You can change the icon by selecting a new one from an image file or from an object in the drawing. You can also choose to display the icon as simple monochrome linework. Changing the tool icon You can use the following image formats for tool icons: ■ PNG ■ GIF ■ JPG ■ BMP ■ TIFF NOTE PNG is the recommended image format for tool icons. Icons in the tool palettes can have a maximum size of 64 x 64 pixels. Larger images are scaled when inserted. In the tool itself, you can only define the tool icon. To change the display size of the tool on the palette, see “Defining the Appearance of Tool Palettes” on page 38. 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click the tool palette that contains the tool for which you want to select a new icon. 3 Select the tool, right-click, and click Properties. 46 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 4 On the Tool Properties worksheet, right-click the existing icon, and click Specify Image. 5 In the Select Image File dialog box, select the image you want to use as a tool icon, and click Open. 6 Click OK. 7 To display a tool as simple monochrome linework, on the Tool Properties worksheet, right-click the existing icon, and click Monochrome. The monochrome option is not available for all tools. To create an icon from an object in the drawing, select the tool in the tool palette, right-click, and Set Image from Selection. Then select the object in the drawing you want to use as a tool icon, and press ENTER. The tool icon is created with the last-used view direction and display configuration set in the viewer of the properties of this tool type. For example, if the tool viewer of the last-used wall is set to Top view and the Medium Detail display configuration, any wall you select in the drawing as a tool icon is displayed in Top view and with the Medium Detail display configuration. You cannot create icons from objects that contain custom blocks, curtain walls, or door/window assemblies with nested styles. If you need to create an icon based on a custom block, specify an external image. Refreshing a Tool Icon Use this procedure to refresh a tool icon after editing the viewer settings of the tool. 1 On the Window menu, click Tool Palettes. 2 Click the tool palette that contains the tool icon you want to refresh. 3 Select the tool, right-click, and click Properties. 4 On the Tool Properties worksheet, change the Viewer settings of the tool. For example, switch from a SW Isometric view to a Top view. 5 Right-click the existing icon, and click Refresh Image. 6 Click OK. Creating a Tool from an Object in the Drawing Use this procedure to create a tool from an object in the drawing. You can create only object tools with this method. For information on creating command tools, see “Creating a Command Tool” on page 49. Refreshing a Tool Icon | 47 Creating a tool from an object in the drawing 1 Create an object with the appropriate style and properties in the drawing. IMPORTANT The drawing containing the style should be saved to a location where it will be available in the future. Otherwise, the tool will not be able to access the style, and will revert to the Standard style. 2 Open the tool palette where you want to create the new tool. 3 Select the object, and drag it to the tool palette. 4 Define additional properties for the tool, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 45. Copying a Tool from a Tool Palette Use this procedure to copy a tool from one tool palette to another. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool you want to copy. 2 Select the tool, right-click, and click Copy. 3 Open the tool palette onto which you want to copy the tool, right-click, and click Paste. 4 Change the properties of the tool, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 45. Creating a Tool from the Style Manager Use this procedure to create a tool from a style in the Style Manager. Creating a tool from the Style Manager 1 Open the tool palette where you want to create the new tool. 2 On the Format menu, click Style Manager, and navigate to the style you want to use. For example, if you want to create a wall tool with the Demolition style, expand Wall Styles, and select the Demolition style. 3 Drag the style to the tool palette. 48 | Chapter 2 The Workspace A new tool with the selected style is inserted in the tool palette. 4 Click OK to close the Style Manager. 5 Define additional properties for the tool in the tool palette, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 45. Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter Use this procedure to create a tool on a tool palette from an AEC Content item in DesignCenter. NOTE You can also create tools from blocks in DesignCenter, but they have slightly different tool options. You can drag and drop AEC content items from a DesignCenter folder to a tool palette. For more information on creating AEC Content, see “Adding AEC Content to Drawings” on page 2012. Autodesk® Architectural Desktop provides the Design Tool Catalog and the Documentation Tool Catalog in the Content Browser. These catalogs already have tools set up for predefined AEC Content and sample object styles. The catalogs are available for both metric and imperial units. Creating a tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter 1 Open the tool palette where you want to create the new tool. 2 On the Insert menu, click DesignCenter, and navigate to the AEC Content item from which you want to create a tool. 3 Drag the item to the tool palette. A new tool is inserted on the tool palette. To change the icon of the new tool, see “Changing a Tool Icon” on page 46. NOTE An AEC Content tool uses the last-used Viewer settings of this tool type to generate the tool icon. If the last-used Viewer setting is Gouraud 3D view, and the user creates a tool from a 2D AEC Content item, the tool icon will be invisible. In this case, you need to change the Viewer setting of the tool to a Top view, and wireframe. 4 Define additional properties for the tool, if necessary. For more information, see “Changing the Tool Properties” on page 45. Creating a Command Tool Use this procedure to create a tool for a command in Autodesk® Architectural Desktop. Creating a Tool from AEC Content in DesignCenter | 49 You can either copy an existing command tool from a tool palette and change the command, or use the Command Tool or Command Tool with Properties from the Stock Tool Catalog in the Content Browser. Command tool properties 1 Place a copy of a command tool on another tool palette: If you want to… Then… copy an existing command tool from a tool palette navigate to the tool palette, right-click the command tool, and click Copy. Then navigate to the tool palette on which to insert the new command tool, right-click, and click Paste. use a command tool from the Stock Tool Catalog open the Content Browser, and navigate to Stock Tool Catalog ➤ Helper Tools. Move the pointer over the i-drop icon next to one of the command tools, and drag the tool to the tool palette. 2 Select the command tool, right-click, and click Properties. 3 For Command, enter the command to be initiated when starting the tool. 4 Click OK. Working with Tools from a Central Location You can use the Content Browser to store and organize catalog tools in a central location. A number of stock tools are available in the Autodesk® Architectural Desktop Stock Tool Catalog. Additionally, sample catalogs contain tools with styles from the Styles drawings. You can copy these tools to a tool palette and modify them. You can also create your own tool palettes and tools in a catalog in the Content Browser, copy them to a tool palette, and retain the link from the Content Browser to the tool palette. In this case, the tool is refreshed on the tool palette when it is modified in the catalog in the Content Browser. NOTE If you want to link a complete tool palette from the Content Browser to Architectural Desktop, see “Adding a Tool Palette from a Tool Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 41. Linking a Tool from a Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to link a tool from a catalog in the Content Browser to a tool palette in Architectural Desktop. 50 | Chapter 2 The Workspace Linking a tool from a catalog in the Content Browser 1 Open the tool palette on which you want to place a tool from the Content Browser. 2 On the Window menu, click Content Browser, and navigate to the tool palette or category in the tool catalog that contains the tool you want to copy. For more information, see “Searching for Items in a Tool Catalog” on page 91. 3 Move the pointer over the i-drop icon next to the tool, so that the pointer image changes to an eyedropper ( ). To copy multiple tools, press and hold CTRL while clicking each tool; then position the eyedropper over any of the selected tools. You can also select all the tools in the current category by right-clicking, and clicking Select All. 4 Drag the eyedropper to a tool palette in the tool palettes set. 5 To refresh the tool, select it, right-click, and click Refresh Tool. Alternatively, you can select the tool in the tool palette, right-click, and click Properties. Then select Refresh from on the Properties worksheet. Working with Tools from a Central Location | 51 Updating a tool from the Properties worksheet NOTE When you select Refresh from, all tool properties on the worksheet are set to read-only. Properties for this tool must be changed in the Content Browser. 6 Click OK. Updating a Tool in Autodesk Architectural Desktop from the Content Browser Use this procedure to update a tool in an Architectural Desktop palette that has a link to the Content Browser. NOTE You cannot change and update tools from the Stock Tool Catalog in the Content Browser. Those tools are read-only. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool you want to update. 2 Select the tool, right-click, and click Refresh Tool. Updating a Tool in the Content Browser from a Linked Tool in Autodesk Architectural Desktop Use this procedure to update a tool in a catalog in the Content Browser with the properties of a linked tool from Architectural Desktop. For example, perhaps you have a tool in the Content Browser that adds a Box mass element of 3 x 3 x 3 meters. You want to change the tool so that it adds a Box mass element of 4 x 4 x 4 meters. You would first link the mass element tool from the Content Browser to a tool palette in Architectural Desktop. Then, temporarily deactivate the link and change the dimension properties of the tool to 4 x 4 x 4 meters. Next, copy the tool back to the Content Browser. The Content Browser catalog is updated with the new tool properties. Finally, reactivate the link from the Content Browser tool to the Architectural Desktop palette. 1 Link a tool from a catalog in the Content Browser to a tool palette as described in “Linking a Tool from a Catalog in the Content Browser” on page 50. 2 Select the tool in the tool palette, right-click, and click Properties. 3 On the Tool Properties worksheet, clear Refresh from. The tool properties can now be edited. 4 Make the necessary changes to the tool properties. 52 | Chapter 2 The Workspace 5 Click OK. 6 Select the tool in the tool palette, and copy it to its original location in the Content Browser catalog. NOTE You can copy a tool to a catalog in the Content Browser using the Copy and Paste commands from the context menu, or by dragging the tool onto the Content Browser icon in the Windows task bar. To select multiple tools in a tool palette, use CTRL-A to select all or drag while holding the CTRL key to create a selection window. 7 Click Yes when prompted to overwrite the previous version of the tool. 8 If you want to refresh the tool in the Architectural Desktop tool palette from the new version stored in the Content Browser, go back to the Architectural Desktop tool, right-click, and on the Tool Properties worksheet, reactivate Refresh from. Removing the Link of a Tool to a Catalog in the Content Browser Use this procedure to permanently remove the link of a tool to its source tool in the Content Browser. NOTE This action cannot be undone. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool you want to unlink from a catalog in the Content Browser. 2 Select the tool, right-click, and click Remove Catalog Link. Applying the Properties of a Tool to an Existing Object Use this procedure to apply the properties of a tool to an existing object. You can apply the properties of a tool to an existing object in two ways: ■ Apply the properties of a tool to an object of the same type: For example, apply the properties of a wall tool to an existing wall. All object tools have this functionality. In earlier releases of Architectural Desktop, you used the Match command to do this. ■ Apply the properties of a tool to a different object type: Using this method, you convert the object to an object of the same type as the tool. For example, when you apply the properties of a wall tool to a polyline, the polyline is converted to a wall with the settings defined in the wall tool. Depending on their type, various object tool types may have commands for converting other objects. For detailed information, see the chapters for the individual objects. 1 Open the tool palette that contains the tool with the properties you want to apply to a different object. 2 Select the tool, and right-click. 3 Define the object type to which to apply the tool properties: if you want to… Then… apply the properties of the tool to an object of the same type click Apply Tool Properties to